Asymptotic Derivation of Models For Anisotropic Piezoelectric Beams and Shallow Arches

Universidade do Minho
Ribeiro, Carolina Paula Baptista

Asymptotic derivation of models for anisotropic
piezoelectric beams and shallow arches
http://hdl.handle.net/1822/9955
Metadados
Data de Publicao
Resumo
2009-09-29
Due to the wide use of anisotropic solid structures, the study of
anisotropic piezoelectricity becomes increasingly important. The purpose
of this thesis is to extend the research of Alvarez-Dios & Viao [1993,
1996, 2003] and Trabucho & Viano [1996] to anisotropic elastic beams,
and present asymptotic models for anisotropic piezoelectric beams. These
models are derived in a rigorous way from a three-dimensional problem
for an anisotropic piezoelectric beam under an electric potential app...
O estudo do fenmeno piezoelctrico aumentou consideravelmente
devido crescente utilizao dos materiais piezoelctricos anisotrpicos
em aplicaes de engenharia. A presente tese tem como principais
objectivos, a determinao e justificao assimpttica de modelos de
vigas piezoelctricas anisotrpicas, para, desta forma, generalizar a
teoria de vigas elsticas propostas por lvarez-Dios & Viao [1993,
1996, 2003] e Trabucho & Viano [1996]. Os modelos desenvolvidos so
baseados na teoria da...
Tipo
doctoralThesis
Esta pgina foi gerada automaticamente em 2015-05-28T13:34:02Z com

informao proveniente do RepositriUM
http://repositorium.sdum.uminho.pt
Escola de Cincias
UMinho | 2009
Carolina Ribeiro Asymptotic derivation of models for anisotropic

piezoelectric beams and shallow archesTese
Carolina Paula Baptista Ribeiro

Julho de 2009
Escola de Cincias
Carolina Paula Baptista Ribeiro

Tese de Doutoramento
Cincias
Trabalho efectuado sob a orientao do
Professor Doutor Juan Manuel Viao Rey
Universidade de Santiago de Compostela
Co-Orientador
Doutor Jorge Manuel da Silva Figueiredo
Julho de 2009
Agradecimentos
Ao Professor Juan Via

no Rey, meu orientador, agradeco a oportunidade que me deu de
estudar sob a sua orientacao, a sugestao do tema que deu origem a esta tese, o facto de
me ter incutido o gosto pela Matematica Aplicada, os seus conselhos e recomendacoes.
Ao Prof. Jorge Figueiredo, meu co-orientador, agradeco o apoio e a colaboracao
prestada durante a realizacao deste trabalho, assim como a revisao do presente texto.
Aos meus colegas do Departamento de Matematica para a Ciencia e Tecnologia que de
alguma forma contriburam para a realizacao deste trabalho, devo tambem uma palavra
de apreco.
Dirijo tambem uma palavra de reconhecimento aos meus colegas do Departamento de
Matematica Aplicada da Universidade de Santiago de Compostela, pelo apoio, amizade e
hospitalidade.
Tambem quero agradecer à minha famlia, pelo apoio constante.
Adicionalmente, tenho de agradecer a algumas entidades: à Fundacao Calouste Gulbenkian, pela bolsa de curta duracao que permitiu a minha estadia no Departamento de
Matematica Aplicada da Universidade de Santiago de Compostela, ao Departamento de
Matematica Aplicada da Universidade de Santiago de Compostela que me acolheu durante o referido perodo, ao projecto europeu Smart System, HPRN-CT-2002-00284,
o apoio financeiro que possibilitou a minha participacao em congressos da especialidade
e à Universidade do Minho, que me possibilitou a execucao deste trabalho.
iii
Abstract
Asymptotic derivation of models for anisotropic piezoelectric

beams and shallow arches
Due to the wide use of anisotropic solid structures, the study of anisotropic piezoelectricity becomes increasingly important. The purpose of this thesis is to extend the research
of Alvarez-Dios
& Via
no [1993, 1996, 2003] and Trabucho & Via
no [1996] to anisotropic
elastic beams, and present asymptotic models for anisotropic piezoelectric beams.
These models are derived in a rigorous way from a three-dimensional problem for an
anisotropic piezoelectric beam under an electric potential applied on one of two types of
boundary: first type when the electric potentials are applied in both extremities of the
beam and second type when the voltage acts on its lateral surface. In order to analyse
the asymptotic behaviour of the solution of the three-dimensional piezoelectricity problem
for a beam which has diameter of the cross section much smaller than the length, the
asymptotic method was implemented by considering the diameter as a small parameter.
We start by briefly introducing the three-dimensional equations that describe the
linear piezoelectricity theory: a coupled system of mechanical and electrical equilibrium
boundary value partial differential equations; weak and strong formulations. After, we
expand the solution as an expansion with respect to the small parameter and we obtain
a sequence of problems which allow us characterize some terms of the development. As
a result of this analysis, we establish the following models for piezoelectric anisotropic
beams:
The one-dimensional beam theory from the three-dimensional problem for an
anisotropic piezoelectric beam of class 2 under an applied electric potential on both
ends is derived in Chapter 3. The characterization of the second-order displacements
is an essential step to achieve this model and to demonstrate the strong convergence.
v
An approach for anisotropic piezoelectric beam of class 2 in response to an applied
electric potential acting on its lateral surface is derived in Chapter 4. The weak
convergence result is also discussed in this chapter for anisotropic piezoelectric beam
of the subclass 6mm, where it is concluded that the displacement vector field and
the electric potential weakly converge towards the leading terms of the displacement
- electric potential expansions.
A zeroth-order model for a transversely isotropic - 6mm symmetry class - piezoelectric shallow arch submitted to an electric potential at the both ends was determined
in Chapter 5 by the asymptotic expansion displacement - stress - electric potential
- electric displacement.
vi
Resumo
Determinacao assimptotica de modelos para vigas piezoelectricas

anisotropicas
O estudo do fenomeno piezoelectrico aumentou consideravelmente devido à crescente
utilizacao dos materiais piezoelectricos anisotropicos em aplicacoes de engenharia. A
presente tese tem como principais objectivos, a determinacao e justificacao assimptotica
de modelos de vigas piezoelectricas anisotropicas, para, desta forma, generalizar a teoria
de vigas elasticas propostas por Alvarez-Dios

& Via
no [1993, 1996, 2003] e Trabucho &
Via
no [1996].
Os modelos desenvolvidos sao baseados na teoria da piezoelectricidade linearizada para
vigas feitas dum material piezoelectrico anisotropico, sujeitas a um potencial electrico
que actua em dois tipos de fronteira. No tipo I, o potencial electrico e aplicado nas
extremidades da viga e, no tipo II, a voltagem e induzida numa area lateral da viga.
Tendo em vista a analise do comportamento da solucao do problema piezoelectrico, numa
viga em que o comprimento e muito maior do que as dimensoes da sua seccao transversal
e o diametro tende para zero, utiliza-se o metodo assimptotico, tomando-se o diametro
da viga como pequeno parametro.
Nesta documento, comeca-se por apresentar, de forma resumida, as equacoes tridimensionais que descrevem a piezoelectricidade linear num solido: equacoes diferenciais parciais do acoplamento electromecanico; formulacao forte e fraca. De seguida, expandindo a
solucao numa serie assimptotica em funcao do pequeno parametro, obtemos uma serie de
problemas atraves dos quais se caracterizam alguns termos do desenvolvimento. Como resultado desta analise, propoe-se, nesta tese, os seguintes modelos para vigas piezoelectricas
anisotropicas:
Modelo unidimensional para o problema electromecanico, definido numa viga cujo
vii
viii
material piezoelectrico pertence à classe 2, e em resposta a um potencial electrico
induzido numa regiao do tipo I. A caracterizacao do segundo termo dos deslocamentos e essencial para a determinacao deste modelo e para a demonstracao da
convergencia forte. Estes calculos encontram-se detalhados no Captulo 3.
No Captulo 4, e justificado um modelo para uma viga piezoelectrica anisotropica
de classe 2 submetida a um potencial electrico numa area do tipo II. Demonstra-se
ainda que, se a viga e feita de uma material piezoelectrico pertencente à classe de
simetria 6mm, entao o vector dos deslocamentos e o potencial electrico convergem
fracamente para os primeiros termos dos respectivos desenvolvimentos.
Um modelo de primeira ordem para vigas, debilmente curvas, constitudas por
material piezoelectrico transversalmente isotropico - classe 6mm - e com potencial
electrico aplicado nos extremos da viga, e apresentado no Captulo 5. A formulacao
mista, juntamente com o desenvolvimento do tipo deslocamento-potencial electricotensao-deslocamento electrico, mostrou ser uma solucao eficaz na obtencao do respectivo modelo e na demonstracao do resultado de convergencia forte.
Table of Contents
List of Figures
xiii
Conventions and notations
xv
1 Introduction
1.1 Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Main results of this thesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piezoelectricity theory
17
2.1 Material laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

2.1.1
Piezoelectric material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.1.2
Crystal classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.1.3
Thermodynamic description of piezoelectricity . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

2.1.3.1
Matrix notation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.1.3.2
Monoclinic crystal system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.1.3.3
Transversely isotropic crystal - 6mm symmetric class . . . 23
2.2 Field quantities and equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

2.2.1
Strains and electric fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.2.2
Mechanical balance laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.2.3
Maxwells equations
2.2.4
Boundary conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.3 Equations for a piezoelectric problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

2.3.1
Coupled piezoelectric equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.3.2
Variational formulation: existence and uniqueness of a solution
. . 28
2.3.2.1
Primal formulation
2.3.2.2
Existence and uniqueness of solution . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.3.2.3
Mixed formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
ix
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Table of Contents
2.3.2.4
3 One-dimensional piezoelectric model for a cantilever beam
37
3.1 The mechanical problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

3.1.1
Reference configuration, loading and boundary conditions . . . . . . 38
3.1.2
Variational problem: primal and mixed formulation . . . . . . . . . 42

3.1.2.1
3.1.2.2
Mixed formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.2 Change of variable to the reference beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

3.2.0.3
The scaled mixed formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.3 Convergence of the scaled unknowns as h 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

3.3.1
Weak convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.4 The method of formal asymptotic expansions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.4.1
3.4.0.1
Cancelation of the factors of hq , 4 q 0, in the scaled

three-dimensional problem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.4.0.2
Identification of a one-dimensional variational problem

satisfied by the leading term (u0 , 0 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Strong convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.5 The limit model on the original domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

4
Asymptotic analysis of a beam with electric potential applied to lateral

surface
81
4.1 Mathematical analysis of the piezoelectric problem

4.1.1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
The mechanical and mathematical problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.2 Fundamental scalings and assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

4.3 The method of formal asymptotic expansions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.3.0.1
4.3.0.2
Cancelation of the factors of hq , 4 q 0. . . . . . . . . 91
Characterization of u0 and u2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.3.0.3
Characterization of u1 and 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
4.3.0.4
Model for a beam belonging to the class 6mm of piezoelectric crystals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
4.4 Convergence of the scaled unknowns as h 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

4.4.1
A priory estimations and weak convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
4.4.2
Identification of the limit problem and the weak convergence of the

scaled displacement and electric potential to the leading terms . . . 113
4.4.2.1
For a beam belonging to the class 2 of piezoelectric crystals114
4.4.2.2
For the homogeneous transversely isotropic case - 6mm

symmetry class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Table of Contents
xi
4.5 The limit model on the actual beam h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

4.5.1
4.5.2
Model for a beam belonging to the class 2 of piezoelectric crystals . 120

For a beam belonging to the class 6mm of piezoelectric crystals . . 122
5 Shallow arch theory with an electric potential applied at both ends

125
5.1 Geometry of shallow arch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
5.2 Piezoelectric shallow arch in Cartesian coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
5.2.1 Piezoelectric shallow arch in curvilinear coordinates . . . . . . . . . 132
5.3 Fundamental scalings and assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
5.4 Generalized Korns and Poincares inequalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
5.5 Convergence of the scaled unknowns as h 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
5.5.1
5.5.2
Weak convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

The asymptotic expansion method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
5.5.2.1 Cancelation of the factors of h4 , 4 q 0, in the
5.5.2.2
scaled tensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Identification of the leading term (u0 , 0 ) . . . . . . . . . 157
5.5.3 Strong convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

5.6 The limit scaled one-dimensional problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
5.7 The 1D equations of a transversely anisotropic shallow arch . . . . . . . . . 170
6 Conclusions and future research
6.0.1
6.0.2
References
173
Conclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Some perfectives for future research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
178
List of Figures
1.1 Notations for a piezoelectric beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.2 Electrical boundary in each cross-section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
9
2.1 Configuration of the structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

2.2 Mechanical boundary conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.3 Electrical boundary conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.1 Schematic representation of the solid domain and their mechanical and
electrical boundary conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
and the set
h . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.2 Change of variable between the set
4.1 Schematic representation of the solid domain detailing the electrical boundary conditions.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
5.1 The reference configuration of the shallow arch described in curvilinear and
Cartesian coordinates, and in a fixed domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
xiii
Conventions and notations
The conventions and notations follow mostly Trabucho & Via

no [1996] and Alvarez-Dios
& Via
no [1996]. For the sake of completeness, the most relevant are summarized below.
Conventions
The notations follow in general these guidelines:
1. Tensors and vectors are denoted by boldface.
2. The standard Einstein summation is adopted, and Latin indices range over the
values 1,2,3 and Greek indices over the values 1,2.
3. The symbol h designates a parameter that is > 0 and approaches zero.
4. Superscripts h will be dropped when equal to one, so that
= 1 ,
= 1,
x = x1 = (x1 , x2 , x3 ),
eD = 1eD ,
...
5. Differential operators /xhi , /xi are denoted by ih , i .

6. For functions z depending on the variable x3 we use the notations z , z , ... for its
derivatives, and in some cases the alternative 3 z, 33 z,...
Notations
We collect here the definitions of some of the most frequently used symbols; others are
defined where they first appear in the text.
Piezoelectricity
e:
the strain tensor in which the components are represented by (eij ) .
E:
the electric vector field in which the components are represented by (Ei ) .
xv
xvi
List of Symbols
the stress tensor in which the components are represented by (ij ) .
D:
the electric displacement in which the components are represented by (Di ) .
U:
the internal energy density.
H:
the electric enthalpy function.
C:
the elastic tensor of the material of components Cijkl =
P :
the piezoelectric tensor of components Pkij =
the dielectric tensor of the material of components ij =
F :
:
C
the elastic enthalpy function.
P :
the piezoelectric tensor of the material of components Pkij .
the dielectric tensor of components ij .
, :
Lames constants.
Y, :
Youngs modulus and Poissons ratio.
the piezoelectric body.
deformation map.
id :
the identity transformation.
x:
a generic point in the set .
u(x) :
the displacement vector at the point x in the body .
ij
.
ekl
ij
.
Ek
Di
.
Ej
the elastic tensor of components Cijkl .
n:
the unit vector outward normal to the surface.
0 :
the symmetric positive permittivity tensor.
0 :
the dielectric impermeability.
Common notations
x, x:
the scalar x R, and vector x Rd .
u, u:
the scalar valued function u, vector valued function u.
, :
the bounded domain (open and connected subset of Rd ) with

sufficiently smooth boundary = .
= :
the closure of .
i :
i = /xi , x = (xi ) .
C(), C() :
the functions continuous in and , respectively.
List of Symbols
Ls () :
xvii
the Lebesgue space of s-integrable functions u with the norm
Z
1/s
s
kukLs () =
|u| dx
, 1 s < .
L () :
the Lebesgue space of scalar square-integrable functions on .

1
| | , k k0, :
kukL2 () = (u, u)L2 2() .
(u, v)L2 () , (u, v)0 :
(u, v)L2 () = (u, v)0 =
H m () :
the Sobolev space
u(x)v(x)dx.
H m () = {u L2 () : u L2 (), || = 1 + + n m}.
which is a Banach space for the norm

1/2
Z
P
2
kukH m () = kukm, =
| u(x)| dx
.
||m
H01 (),
1/2
(N ) :
D() :
Sobolev spaces and subsets.
the linear space of infinitely differentiable functions, with

compact support in .
D () :
the dual space of D().
div :
the divergence operator, div u(x) =
valued u = (u1 (x), , ud (x))T for x Rd .

u(x)
u(x)
the gradient operator, u(x) = x1 , , xd for x Rd .
Pd
i=1
ui (x)
xi
for a vector
curl, curl (N = 2): the rotational operator for distributions of D () and u of

v2
v1
D ()2 , curl = x
,
, curl u = x
x
.
x1
2
1
2
vn v :
the rotational operator of a distribution u of D ()3 ,

u2 u1
u3 u2
u1
3
curl u = u
.
x2
x3 x3
x1 x1
x2
P
2
the Laplace operator, u(x) = di=1 u(x)
for x Rd .
2x
i
vn v :
the weak convergence.
dD (eD ) :
the portion of the surface with mechanical (electrical)
curl (N = 3):
the converge in norm (strong convergence).
Dirichlet boundary conditions.

dN (eN ) :
the portion of the surface with mechanical (electrical)

Neumann boundary conditions.
V0 () :
the spaces of admissible displacements.
Vw,0() :
the space of admissible displacements which satisfy the weak

boundary conditions.
xviii
List of Symbols
0 () :
the spaces of admissible electric potential
2 () :
a closed and convex subset of H 1 ().
() :
the spaces of admissible electric potential.
X0 () :
the space X0 () = V0 0 , (X0,w () = Vw,0 0 ).

9
X1 () :
the space X1 () = [L2 ()]s L2 ().
X2 () :
the space X2 () = V0 2 (X2,w () = Vw,0 0 ).
dx :
the volume element in .
p = (pi ) :
the surface forces density at the extremities of the beam.
f = (fi ) :
the body force density.
g = (gi ) :
the surface traction density.
Piezoelectric beam
:
the domain in R2 (open, bounded, connetected subset with

the Lipschitz - continuous boundary = ).
d :
the length element along .
0 :
the measurable subset of with length 0 > 0.
L:
the length of the beam.
= (0, L).
h = h (0, L).
h0 = h {0} :
hL = h {L} :
the left extremity of the beam.

the right extremity of the beam.
h0 :
hdD :
the electric boundary.

the portion of the surface where a beam is clamped.
heD :
the portion of the surface where is applied an electric potential h0 .
dN (eN ) :
the portion of the surface that is subjected to the action of

external applied forces (potential).
uh = (uhi ) :
the displacement vector at a point xh in the body h . An

arbitrary admissible displacement vector is denoted v h .
h :
the electric potential vector at a point xh in the body h . An

arbitrary admissible electric field is denoted h .
h :
an extension of h0 in H 1 (h ).
List of Symbols
= .
xix
h :
the bijection from onto , defined by h (x) = xh .
d :
the area element along .
dh :
the area element along h .
ph = (phi ) :
the surface force density at the extremities of the beam.
f h = (fih ) :
g h = (gih ) :
nh = (nhi ) :
the unit outer vector along the boundary h .
eh = (ehij ) :
the strain tensor.
E h = (Eih ) :
the electric vector field, typically given by Eih = ih h .
h = (ijh ) :
h
h
the stress tensor, typically given by ijh = Cijkl
ehkl Pkij
Ekh .
D h = (Dih ) :
h h
the electric displacement, typically given by Dkh = Pkij
eij + hkl Elh .
u(h) = (uhi ) :
the scaled displacement field.
ui (h) : R :
the component of scaled displacements.
(h) : R :
the scaled electric potential.
(h) = (ij )h)) :
the scaled stress tensor.
D(h) = (Di (h)) :
the scaled electric displacement.
A() :
the area of .
Z
I =
x2 d.
I :
X , Y , Z, L :
the constants of geometry.
X , Y , Z :
the constants of geometry.
J, Y :
the new elastic constant defined in (4.75).
J:
the torsion constant J > 0.
Piezoelectric shallow arch

:
the domain in R2 (open, bounded, connetected subset with

Lipschitz continuous boundary.
(t,h , n,h , b,h ) : the Frenet trihedron.

h :
mapping that defines the reference configuration of the shallow

arch.
xx
List of Symbols
bhij (xh ) :
the components of the Jacobian matrix, ((h h (xh ))1 )ij .
oh :
the determinant of the Jacobian, det h h (xh ).

h of
h.
unit outer normal vector along the boundary
n
h :
i h
:
n o
h
the cross section of the shallow arch.

h = h (h ).
the reference configuration of the shallow arch, where
n o
h .
a generic point in the set
x
h = (
xhi ) :
u
h = (
uhi ) :
h :
h ( (0, L)) :
h = h (0 ) :
h = h (L ) :
L
h = h (D ) :
D
h = h (D ) :
eD
h.
the displacement vector at a point x
h in the body
An arbitrary admissible displacement vector is denoted v
h .
h.
the electric potential vector at a point x
h in the body
n o
h .
the lateral surface of the set
the left end of beam.
the right end of beam.

the portion of the boundary where the shallow arch is clamped.
the portion of the boundary where the shallow arch is
subjected an electric voltage h0 .
h .
dN
h =
h
h .
eN
the portion of the boundary where the shallow arch is clamped.

the portion of the boundary where the shallow arch has a
Neumann condition
jh vih (
x ):
the partial derivative.
h = (
e
ehij ) :
h = (E h ) :
E
the strain tensor.

the electric field vector.
ph = (
phi ) :
f = (fih ) :
g
h = (
gih ) :
eh = (ehi ) :
the strain tensor.
= (Eih ) :
E
the electric vector field.
h = (
ijh ) :
h
h h
the stress tensor, typically given by ijh = Cijkl
ehkl Pkij
Ek .
ih ) :
h = (D
D
h = P h ehij + h E h .
the electric displacement, typically given by D
k
kij
kl l
n
h = (
nhi ) :
the outward unit vector normal to the boundary.
(t , n , b ) :
the Frenet trihedron.
h (x3 ), h (x3 ) :
the centrelines curvature and torsion.
e = (eij ) :
the strain tensor.
List of Symbols
E = (Ek ) :
xxi
the electric field vector.
Chapter
Introduction
1.1
Background
Piezoelectric Solid (PS) has been defined in the literature as a solid that produce an
electric field when deformed and, conversely, undergo deformation when subjected to an
electric field [see e.g. Hwu et al., 2004]. The electromechanical coupling is the key physical
property of the piezoelectric materials and was investigated by Crawley & Luis [1987] via
experiments and analytic models. These piezoelectric materials are widely used as sensors
and actuators in many important applications, such as structural, aerospace, robotic, various medical purposes, etc. With the increasing successful technological applications of
piezoelectric actuators and sensors, piezoelectric solids have attracted considerable attention from scientific researchers, in order to understand the basic phenomena responsible
for their particular properties.
In mathematical terms the electromechanical coupling is described through a set of
partial differential equations of second order, in which the displacement components and
electric potential are taken as the essential unknowns (see e.g. Tiersten [1969], Jackson
[1975], Nye [1985], Ikeda [1990]). Due to the complexity of the coupling effect between
mechanical and electrical fields it is very difficult, if not impossible, to find an exact solution to the piezoelectric problem. Many simplifying assumptions, such as simplification
of geometry and restrictions on the piezoelectric materials electromechanical behavior,
have been made to obtain approximative solutions. Several approximations have been
developed by Robbins & Reddy [1991], Crawley & Luis [1987], Bisegna & Maceri [1996b],
Saravanos & Heyliger [1999], Vidoli & Batra [2000] and Vidoli et al. [2000] for modelling
of piezoelectric structures.
One way to generate models for piezoelectric problems in thin piezoelectric solids, in
which one or more dimensionals are small, compared to the others, is to reduce the original
problem to a new one, in a lower dimensional space, where the small dimensions disappear.
1
Chapter 1. Introduction
An approach is deduced by the study of the asymptotic behavior of the three-dimensional

problem depending on a small parameter, as this one goes to zero.
Based on this method, we intend, with this work, to derive and to mathematically
justify lower-dimensional equations for linearly piezoelectric beams and shallow arches, as
the diameter approaches zero.
We present next an overview that tries to cover the main techniques and results of
which we are aware and are most closely related to the aim of the present thesis.
The application of the asymptotic expansion to justify plate theories was initiated
in the pioneering work of Maugin & Attou [1990], where it was used to derive a twodimensional theory for piezoelectric plates belonging to the class 6 mm of piezoelectric
crystals. This method was also successfully applied by Bisegna & Maceri [1996a], Rahmoune et al. [1998], Sene [2001], Miara [2001], Licht & Weller [2003], Weller & Licht
[2002], Raoult & Sene [2003], Figueiredo & Leal [2005] and Weller & Licht [2007] in deriving two-dimensional models for thin piezoelectric plates. Extensions of this method can
be found in Collard & Miara [2003] for thin piezoelectric shells.
The classical mechanical Kirchhoff-Love theory for piezoelectric solids was established
by Maugin & Attou [1990] and successively found in many other works mentioned above.
Rahmoune et al. [1998] introduced the idea of dependence between the electric assumptions and the electric boundary conditions. An uncoupled electromechanical problem
for homogeneous and orthorhombic piezoelectric plates was determined, for which only
the mechanical problem should be solved - the electric potentials can be entirely deduced
from the mechanical displacement.
The work of Sene [2001] justifies mathematically the theory of Destuynder et al. [1992]
(which is fully described in all admissible piezoelectric crystals) for a piezoelectric plate. In
this work, Sene [2001], states that the electric potential affects the mechanical equations
only through the difference of potential between the horizontal faces. This paper also
justifies the a priori assumptions that the electric potential is a second polynomial order
with respect to the thickness variable, assumption originally proposed by Bernadou &
Haenel [2003]. The paper by Raoult & Sene [2003] generalizes the previous model by
considering a magnetic effect accompanying the dynamic behavior. In the work by Licht &
Weller [2003] is shown that, according to the type of boundary conditions, the asymptotic
analysis of thin linearly piezoelectric plate as the thickness approaches zero leads to two
distinct models, linked to sensor or actuator behavior. Further, they proposed in Weller &
Licht [2007] four different models of linearly electromagnetic-elasticity thin plate according
to the type of electromagnetic boundary conditions. The lower-dimensional equations for
a nonhomogeneous anisotropic plates has been proposed by Figueiredo & Leal [2005],
which extends the previous work of Sene [2001] for homogeneous and isotropic materials.
1.2. Main results of this thesis
Latter papers by Collard & Miara [2003] and Sabu [2002, 2003] published twodimensional models for boundary value problems considering piezoelectric shells. A twodimensional nonlinear shell model was proposed by Collard & Miara [2003], where they
derived two-dimensional membrane equations and flexural models written on the middle
surface of the shell, and verified that the coupling between the electric limit displacement field and the limit electric potential inherent to piezoelectricity appears only in the
membrane model. The two-dimensional theories for the vibrations of thin piezoelectric
flexural and shallow shells were proposed by Sabu [2002, 2003], by considering the limit,
as the thickness goes to zero, the eigenvalue problem for piezoelectric respective flexural
and shallow shells.
Pioneering work for modelling of thin linearly isotropic piezoelectric beams was performed by Via
no et al. [2005a,b], where a purely mechanical Bernoulli-Navier beam theory emerges. Recent models of the phenomena piezoelectric beams were described by
Figueiredo & Leal [2006], Viriyasrisuwattana et al. [2007] and Weller & Licht [2008]. A new
mathematical model for a linearly nonhomogeneous anisotropic thin beam was proposed
by Figueiredo & Leal [2005], which is a system of coupled equations, with generalized
Bernoulli-Navier equations and reduced Maxwell-Gauss equations but it was not possible to prove the uniqueness of the solution for the limit equations. A one-dimensional
asymptotic models for a linearly piezoelectric slender beams can be found in Weller &
Licht [2008].
In this work, we take advantage of previous experience, varying the applied boundary
electric conditions as suggested by Weller & Licht [2002] and using the asymptotic method
mentioned above, and we find various models for linearly piezoelectric beams and shallow
arches as the diameter of its cross section approaches zero. We complete the asymptotic
analysis, proving weak and strong convergence results and characterizing completely the
limit models, closing several open questions form above mentioned papers.
1.2
Main results of this thesis
We present next, in a simple setting, the principal aspects of this thesis.

Consider the three-dimensional piezoelectric beam (as illustrated in Figure 1.1)
h = h (0, L)
where h is a small positive number representing the diameter of the cross section h , a
bounded domain of R2 with a Lipschitz-continuous boundary h . The boundary of the
domain h , h = h , is composed of h = hdD hdN , hdD hdN = for the mechanical
boundary conditions and h = heD heN , heD heN = for the electrical boundary
conditions. We assume that the beam is clamped along the boundary hdD , and subjected
to an electric potential h0 on heD . The beam is also subjected to applied body forces of
density (fih ) : h R3 acting inside h , and on surface forces (gih ) on hdN . We denote a
typical point in h by xh = (xh , x3 ).
h
h
We denote by C h = (Cijkl
), P h = (Pikl
) and h = hij , respectively, the elastic tensor
field, the piezoelectric tensor field, and the dielectric tensor field that characterize the
material.
In the framework of small deformations and linear piezoelectricity, the three-dimensional static equations for the piezoelectric solid h are the following: Find a displacement
vector field uh : h R3 and an electric potential h : h R such that (see Chapter
2 with h = 1)

h
h
ijh uh , h = Cijkl
ehkl (uh ) Pkij
Ekh (h ) in h ,
and

h h
Dkh uh , h = Pkij
eij (uh ) + hkj Ej (h )

jh ijh uh , h = fih ,

ijh uh , h nhj = gih
uhi = 0,
in h ,
in hdN ,
on hdD ,
in h ,

ih Dih uh , h = 0,

Dkh uh , h nhk = 0
h = h0
in h ,
in heN ,
on heD ,
where ehij (uh ) = 1/2(ih uhj + jh uhi ) denote the components of the linearized strain tensor,
Eih (h ) is the components of the static electric vector field defined by Eih (h ) = i h ,
and (nhi ) is the unit outer normal vector along h . This problem can be put in a variational
form, which consists in finding (uh , h ) V0h (h ) H 1 (h ) such that h = h0 on heD
(a) General view.
(b) Cross-section.
Figure 1.1: Notations for a piezoelectric beam.
and (Section 2.3.2.1)

Z

h h h
h
h
Cijkl ekl (u ) Pmij
Em
h ehij (v h )dxh
h
Pmij
ehij (uh )
hmi
Eih
h
Em
dx =
fih vih dxh
h
dN
gih vih dh ,
for all
h
V0h
:=
V0h (h )
n
o
1 h 3 h
h
h
= v H ( ) : v = 0 on dD ,

h h0 := h0 (h ) = h H 1 (h ) : h = 0 on heD .
In Section 2.3.2.1 we show that if there is an extension h of h0 in H 1 (h ), then the

solution (uh , h ) is derived from h = h + h with (uh , h ) V0h (h )h0 (h ) satisfying:
Z
h h h

h
h
Cijkl ekl (u ) Pmij
Em
h ehij (v h )dxh
h
Pmij
ehij (uh ) + hmi Eih h
fih vih
h
Pkij
Ek (h )ehij (v h )

h
Em
h dxh
hkl El (h )Ekh ( h )
dx +
h
dN
gih vih dh .
The existence and uniqueness of solution (uh , h ) and (uh , h ) follows from the classical
Korns and Poincares inequalities, by assuming some regularity to the data (see Proposition 1 and Corollary 1).
In Chapter 3, we consider that the beam is made of a piezoelectric crystal material of
class 2 which the components of the elastic, piezoelectric and dielectric material satisfy
(cf. (3.4))
h
h
Ciijj
6= 0, Cklkl
6= 0,
for k 6= l,
h
h
h
P3
6= 0, P3
6= 0, P333
6= 0, h 6= 0,
h33 6= 0.
We also assume that the beam is weakly clamped (clamped in mean) along at one end h0 ,
i.e. the displacement field uh being such that
Z
h
0
uhi
d = 0,
h
0
(xhj uhi xhi uhj ) d h = 0,
which we denote by hui = 0 on h0 , the other end being controlled by surface forces
ph = (phi ). Furthermore, the electric potentials h,0

and h,L
(constants) are induced on
0
0
both ends h0 := h {0} and hL := h {L}, respectively. So, the boundary sets should
be defined by hdD = h0 and hdN = hN hL , where hN = h (0, L) and heD = h0 hL ,
h
and the variational equations become: find (uh , h ) Vw,0
h2 such that
Z
h h h

h
h
Cijkl ekl (u ) Pmij
Em
h ehij (v h )dxh
h
Z
h h h
h h h
+
Pmij eij (u ) + hmi Eih h Em
dx
h
Z
Z
Z
h
=
fih vih dxh +
gih vih dh +
phi vih dh , (v h , h ) Vw,0
h0 ,
h
h
N
h
L
h
where Vw,0
and h2 are defined by (see Section 3.3)
n
o

3
h
h
Vw,0
: = Vw,0
(h ) = v H 1 () : hvi = 0 on dD ,

h2 : = h2 (h ) = h H 1 (h ) : h h h0 .
(1.1)
(1.2)
The existence and unicity of solution is also obtained by classical results of elliptic variational equations.
=
In Section 3.2 we define an equivalent problem, but now posed over set
(0, L),
and with
which is independent of h. We denote by x = (x1 , x2 , x3 ) a generic point in ,
we associate the point xh
h through the bijection
each point x ,
xh = (hx1 , hx2 , x3 )
h.
h : x = (x1 , x2 , x3 )
(1.3)
Then, the unknowns are scaled, by letting

u (h)(x) = h uh (xh ),
h
(xh ) = h2 (h)(x),
D (h)(x) = h1 Dh (xh ),
u3 (h)(x) = uh3 (xh ),
(h)(x)
= h (xh ),
h
3 (h)(x) = h1 3
(xh ),
h
33 (h)(x) = 33
(xh ),
D3 (h)(x) = D3h (xh ),
and it is assumed that there exists functions fi L2 (), gi L2 (N ), pi L2 (L ) and

0 H 1/2 (eD ) independent of h, such that:
fh (xh ) = hf (x),
gh (xh ) = h2 g (x),
ph (xh ) = hp (x),
f3h (xh ) = f3 (x),

g3h (xh ) = hg3 (x),
ph3 (xh ) = p3 (x),
for all xh = h (x) h ,

for all xh = h (x) hN ,
for all xh = h (x) hL
h
h
Cijkl
(xh ) = Cijkl (x), Pkij
(xh ) = Pkij (x), hij (xh ) = ij (x), for all xh h ,
h (xh3 ) = (x
3 ),
where (x
3) =
1
(L
L
for all xh3 [0, L],
x3 )00 + L1 x3 L0 H 1 () is an extension of 0 H 1/2 (eD ) and
define (h) = (h)
+ .
It is found in this fashion that the scaled unknown (u(h), (h)) satisfies a variational
problem of the form (Proposition 2 in Section 3.2)
Find (u(h), (h)) V0,w 2 such that
h4 a4 ((u, ), (v, )) + h2 a2 ((u, ), (v, )) + a0 ((u, ), (v, )) = l(v, ),
(v, ) V ,
0,w
0
where the bilinear forms a4 , a2 and a0 and the linear forms l are defined in Chapter 3
and are independent of h.
The specific form of this variational problem suggests that we use the method of formal
asymptotic expansion, i.e., we let
u(h) = u0 + h2 u2 + h.o.t.,
(h) = 0 + h2 2 + h.o.t,
ui V0,w ,
0 ,
p 0 , with p 1,
in the variational equations, and then we equate to zero the factors of hq , q 4. We

need to characterize the terms u0 , u2 and 0 (see Theorem 4 in Section 3.4) to yield the
complete determination of the leading terms. We then establish in Section 3.3 the main
results of the chapter by showing that the scaled unknown (u(h), (h)) strongly converges
in [H 1 ()]3 H 1 () to the leading term (u0 , 0 ) (see Theorem 7 ) and it is obtained by
solving a one-dimensional problem:
(i) The vector field u0 is a Bernoulli-Navier displacement field, i.e.: the functions u0
depend only on x3 and displacement u03 takes the form u03 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 3 (x3 ) x (x3 ),
with 3 H 1 (0, L) satisfying 3 (0) = 0, and H 2 (0, L) satisfying (0) = (0) = 0.
(ii) The scalar function 0 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z3 (x3 ) with z3 H 1 (0, L), satisfying z3 (0) =
00 and z3 (L) = 0L .
(iii) The vector field (i , z3 ) solves a one-dimensional coupled boundary value problem
which represents the one-dimensional piezoelectric model in the fixed domain:
C33
A() 3 P3 A() z3 = F3 in (0, L),
in (0, L),
3 A() z3 P3 A() 3 = 0
and (no sum on )
3 (0) = 0, z3 (0) = 00 , z3 (L) = L0 ,
C A() (L) + P A() z (L) = F L

33
3
3
3
3
(4)
C33
I = F + M in (0, L),
(0) = 0, (0) = 0,
C I (L) = M L ,
C33
I (L) = FL M (L),
33
where the constants, defined in Theorem 5, are given by
C33
= C3333 C33 [C C33 + C12 C1233 ] = Ac33 33 ,
P3 = P333 C33 [C P3 + C12 P312 ] = Ac33 P333 ,

3 = 33 + P3 [C C33 + C12 C1233 ] = Ac33 C3333 ,
and the loading dependent terms are defined by
Fi =
fi d +
M3 =
FiL
ML
gi d,
M =
(x2 f1 x1 f2 ) d +
x f3 d +
x g3 d,
N
(x2 g1 x1 g2 ) d,
pi d,
x p3 d,
M3L
(x2 p1 x1 p2 ) d.
Naturally, these equation have to be de-scaled, so as to be expressed in terms of

physical unknowns and data. These equations are presented in Section 3.5.
In Chapter 4, we suppose that the beam is made of a piezoelectric crystal material
that satisfy:
h
h
C333
= C3
= 0,
h
h
h
P
= P33
= P33
= 0,
h3 = 0,
and that the beam is weakly clamped at the extremities h0 hL , i.e. hvi = 0 on h0 hL .
As shown in Figure 1.2, we assume that the beam has electric potential h0 on heD =
h
h
h
eD
(0, L) with eD
h and measure(eD
) > 0. Due to the force loading and electric
potential, the pair (uh , h ) is derived from h = h + h with (uh , h ) satisfying the
problem (2.62) defined in Section 2.3.2.1 for h .

Like the variational problem in Section 3.2, the problem (2.62) is then transformed
:=
into an analogous one, but now posed over the fixed domain
(0, L). As in Section
3.2, we apply the bijection
xh = (hx1 , hx2 , x3 )
h,
h : x = (x1 , x2 , x3 )
(1.4)
and we take a new scaling to electrical part. In other words, we use the appropriate
scalings
(h)(x)
= h1 h (xh ),
D (h)(x) = Dh (xh ),
D3 (h)(x) = hD3h (xh ),
and adequate assumptions on the data:
h (xh ) = h(h)(x),
(h)
H 1 () a trace lifting of 0 and define (h) = (h)
+ (h).
h
eD
h0
h
h
Figure 1.2: Electrical boundary in each cross-section.
10
In this way, the scaled principle virtual work reads: Find (u(h), (h))
X 0 such that
Z
ij (h)eij (v) dx +
Dk (h)Ek () dx =
fi vi dx +
gi vi d,
(v, ) X 0 ,
where (h) = (h)(u(h), (h)) and D(h) = D(h)(u(h), (h)) are given by
(h) = h4 C e (u(h)) + h2 C33 e33 (u(h)) h1 P3 E3 ((h)),
3 (h) = 2h2 C33 e3 (u(h)) h1 P3 E ((h)),
33 (h) = h2 C33 e (u(h)) + C3333 e33 (u(h)) hP333 E3 ((h)),
D (h) = 2h1 P3 e3 (u(h)) + E ((h)),
D3 (h) = h1 P3 e (u(h)) + hP333 e33 (u(h)) + h2 33 E3 ((h)),
and X 0 = V0 0 or X 0 = V0,w 0 . Inserting the developments mentioned above into
the previous problem results in a set of variational equations that must be satisfied for
all h > 0 and consequently the terms at the successive powers of h must be zero. This
procedure allows to show that the negative terms can be cancelled, and consequently to
get the characterization of the terms u0 (Theorem 10), u1 (Theorem 11) and u2 (Theorem
14) of the development of u(h). Summarizing, we show that:
(i) The first term in the asymptotic expansion of the scaled displacement field
0
u = (u0i ) H 1() is a Bernoulli-Navier displacement field as defined above, where

the transverse components and the stretch component 3 of the zeroth order displacement field are, respectively, the unique solutions of the following variational problems (no
sum on ):
H02 (0, L),

Z L
Z L
Z L
Y I dx3 =
F dx3
M dx3 , for all H02 (0, L),
0
0
0
1
H0 (0, L),
3
Z L
Z L
Y A()33 dx3 =
F3 3 dx3 ,
for all 3 H01 (0, L),
0
where Y =
det C
,
det M det N
and C, M and N are defined in Sect.4.3.0.2.
(ii) The leading term in asymptotic expansion of the scaled electric potential is determined by the pair (r, 0 ) where
1
(r, )(x1 , x2 ) =
L
0
(r, 0 )(x1 , x2 , s)ds
11
is the unique solution of the following 2D variational problem:

(r, 0 ) T () = Q() S() such that
Z
Z
Z
0
C33 r d + d + P3 ( r 0 ) d
Z
Z
=
P3 0 d 0 d, for all (, ) T.
The spaces Q(), S(), the function w and the torsion constant J > 0 are defined in
Section 4.3.0.3. In particular, we have that, for a beam of class 6mm material, the electric
potential satisfies the following Laplaces equation,
0 S() such that a.e. x3 [0, L],

Z
Z
P14
P14
0
P14
+ 11 d =
P14
+ 11 0 d,
C44
C44
for all S().

(iii) The families ((h))h>0 and ((h))h>0 , defined in Section 4.2 by (4.16) and (4.17),
weakly converge to and . By Korns inequality and Poincare-Friedrichss inequality,
we then establish that the family (u(h))h>0 and ((h))h>0 converge weakly in the spaces
[H 1 ()]3 and L2 (), respectively, to u and as h 0. Thus, the limits 33 and are
characterized with respect to u and , respectively.
(iv) In Section 4.4.2 we prove that, for a beam of class 2 material, the sequence
(u(h))h>0 converges weakly to the first terms the asymptotic expansion of the scaled
displacement field, u0 , while that for the homogeneous transversely isotropic beam model,
we show that the sequence (u(h), (h))h>0 converges weakly towards the unique solution
(u0 , 0 ) of the variational equations derived in Section 4.3.
For the homogeneous transversely isotropic beam model, we prove the uniqueness of
weak solution which improve some results given by Figueiredo & Leal [2006]. However,
as in the work of Figueiredo & Leal [2006], the strong convergence does not emerge in our
study.
Let us now briefly outline the content of Chapter 5. In Section 5.2, we consider a threedimensional linearly piezoelectric shallow arch occupying in its reference configuration
h } = h (
h ), where
h := h (h ), h = h (0, L), and the mapping
the set {
h R3 is given by
h :

h } ,
h xh = h (x3 ) + xh1 n(x3 ) + xh2 b (x3 ) {
12
where h (x3 ) are given functions verifying h C 3 [0, L], and n and b are the normal
and the binormal vectors of the Frenet trihedron (t , n, b ) associated to the curve C h
h =
h
defined by h (see Section 5.1). The shallow arch is clamped on the portion
0
dD
h
h
and submitted to a mechanical volume force of density f in , to a mechanical surface

h and to a surface force ph on the end
h . A prescribed
force g
h in lateral surface
N
L
h
h
electrical potential 0 (
x3 ) on eD is imposed. Then, the body undergoes a mechanical
h
h
h
displacement field u
= (
uh ) :
R3 and an electrical potential h :
R satisfying
i
the following mixed variational equations:

Z
Z

h
h
h
h
h
h
k ij d
Cijkl
kl + Pkij D
x +
+
h) X
h
for all (
h, d
1
Z
Z
h
h
h h
ij eij (
v ) d
x +
h
Z

h
h
h
h
h
h
l dk d
Pkij
ij + kl D
x =
dhk Ekh (h ) d
xh ,
h E h (h ) d
D
xh =
k k
+
ijh ehij (
uh ) d
xh
fih vih d
xh +
h
gih vih d
h,
phi vih d
h
for all (
v h , h ) X
0,w
h
h
where Cijkl
, Pkij
and hij are the elastic, piezoelectric and dielectric tensor field that cha-
racterize the material by the following behavior law

h
h
h h
eh (
uh ) = Cijkl
kl
+ Pkij
Dk
h
h
h,
h (h ) = Pikl
E
kl
+ ij D
j
obtained from the elastic enthalpy function, defined in Section 2.1.3.
Let = (0, L). We define the scaled displacement field u(h), the scaled electric
potential (h), the scaled stress tensor (h) and the scaled electric displacement D(h)

h } ,
by, for all x
h = h h (x) {
u (h)(x) = h uh (
xh ),
u3 (h)(x) = uh3 (
xh ),
(h)(x)
= h (xh ),
h
h
h
(h)(x) = h2
(
xh ), 3 (h)(x) = h1
3
(
xh ), 33 (h)(x) =
33
(
xh ),
h
h (
D (h)(x) = h1 D
x ),
h
h (
D3 (h)(x) = D
3 x ).
13
We also assume that the data is such that

fh (
xh ) = h f (x),
f3h (
xh ) = f3 (x),
gh (
xh ) = h2 g (x),
g3h (
xh ) = h g3 (x),
ph (
xh ) = h2 p (x),
ph3 (
xh ) = h p3 (x),

h } ,
for all x
h = h (x) {
and

h ,
for all x
h = h (x)
N

h ,
for all x
h = h (x)
L
h (
xh3 ) = (x
3 ),
h (
xh3 ) = h (x3 ) for all xh3 [0, L].
As we referred in the last chapter, the constants of the material satisfy the following
conditions:
h
Cijkl
(xh ) = Cijkl (x),

h
h } .
for all x
h = h (x) {
Pkij
(xh ) = Pkij (x),
h h
ij (x ) = ij (x).
As a consequence of these scalings and assumptions, the scaled unknowns satisfy the
mixed scaled problem, described in Section 5.3,
Find (((h), D(h)) , (u(h), (h))) X 1 X 2,w such that
aH,0 (((h), D(h)), ( , d)) + h2 aH,2 (((h), D(h)), ( , d))
+ h4 aH,4 (((h), D(h)), ( , d)) + bH (( , d), (u(h), (h))) = 0,
bH (((h), D(h)), (v, )) = lH (v, ),
( , d) X 1 ,
(v, ) X 0,w ,
with X 0,w = V0,w 0 , X 1 = [L2 ()]9s L2 () and X 2,w = V0,w 2 , where

n
o

3
V0,w = V0,w () = v H 1 () : hvi = 0 on dD ,

0 = 0 () = H 1 () : = 0 on eD ,

2 = 2 () = H 1 () : 0 ,
and aH,i (, ) : X 1 X 1 R and bH (, ) : X 1 X 0,w R defined in Section 5.3.
14
Assuming that the scaled unknowns can be expanded as

((h), D(h)) =h4 ( 4 , D4 ) + h2 ( 2 , D2 ) + ( 0 , D 0 ) + . . .
and

(u(h), (h)) = (u0 + h2 u2 + . . . , 0 + h2 2 + . . .), u0 , 0 , u2p , 2p X 0,w ,

we find that the leading term satisfy, ( 0 , D 0 ), ((u0 , 0 ) X 1 X 2,w

0
2
0
2
a
(
,
D
),
(
,
d)
=
a
(
,
D
),
(
,
d)
H,0
H,2
aH,4 ( 4 , D 4 ), ( , d) bH (( , d), (u0 , 0 ))
a#
(h, ) ( 2 , D2 ), ( , d) ,
( , d) X 1 ,
b ( 0 , D 0 ), (v, ) = l (v, ),
(v, ) X 0,w .
H
H
In Section 5.5.2.1 we show that the cancelation of the factors of hq , 4 q 1,
implies that the formal expansion of the tensor and electric displacement does not contain
any negative powers of h, and consequently we derive an expression for the components
u2 of the displacement u2 , taking into account that u0 and 0 belong respectively to the
spaces VBN
and + 3 defined by
VBN
= {v : R3 : v (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ), V02 (0, L),
and

v3 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 3 (x3 ) b (x1 , x2 , x3 ) (x3 ), 3 V01 (0, L) ,

+ 3 = + H 1 () : (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z(x3 ), z H01 (0, L) ,
b = / (1 )2 + (2 )2
b1 (x1 , x2 , x3 )
b2 (x1 , x2 , x3 )
1/2
b21 + b22 = 1,
b1 (x3 ) b2 (x3 )
b2 (x3 )
b1 (x3 )
x1
x2
The last mixed variational equations become

aH,0 ( 0 , D 0 ), ( , D) + bH ( , d), (u0 , 0 ) = 0, for all ( , d) X 1 ,
bH ( 0 , D0 ), (v, ) = lH (v, ), for all (v, ) X 0 = VBN

3 ,
15
and then lead to show that the leading terms can be fully identified solving a onedimensional problem. In Section 5.4 is proved that there is a constant C such that

|| := E3 ()
3
0,
C kk1, ,
3 ,
and therefore we also obtain the existence and uniqueness of the solution of the previous
limit problem in VBN

3 . Our main result (Theorem 20) then consists in showing that
the family (u(h))h>0 and ((h))h>0 strongly converge in the spaces [H 1 ()]3 and H 1 (),
respectively, as h 0, and that (u0 , 0 ) = lim (u(h), (h)) can be obtained from the
h0
solution of a coupled one-dimensional problem; more concretely, we prove that:
1
(i) The element ( , 3 , q3 ) [V02 (0, L)]2 V01 (0, L)(+H
(0, L)) solves the following

variational equations:
Find V02 (0, L) such that
Z L
Z L

I
C33 dx3 + A ()
C33 3 + + P3 q3 dx3
0
0
=
(F + M ) dx3 M (L) (L) + FL (L) + ML (L),
V02 (0, L),
0
Find (3 , q3 ) V01 (0, L) ( + H 1 (0, L))
Z L

A
()
C
+
P
q
33
3

3 3 3 dx3
0
Z L

A
()
P
q
z3 dx3
3
3
3
3
Z L
=
F3 3 dx3 + F3L3 (L),
(3 , z3 ) V01 (0, L) H01 (0, L).
0
where the admissible spaces V01 (0, L), V02 (0, L) and + H 1 (0, L) defined by

V01 (0, L) = H 1 (0, L) : (0) = 0 ,

V02 (0, L) = H 2 (0, L) : (0) = (0) = 0 ,

+ H 1 (0, L) : = z H 1 (0, L) : z H01 (0, L) ,
and the reduced constants read
C33
= 33 Ad33 ,
P3 = P333 Ad33 ,
3 = C3333 Ad33 ,
1
.
Ad33 =
C3333 33 + P333 P333
Chapter
Piezoelectricity theory
For a better description of the piezoelectrical phenomena we discuss in this chapter some
relevant theoretical aspects. In recent years a vast literature has flourished describing
the piezoelectric effect [see e.g. Ikeda, 1990; Nye, 1985; Taylor et al., 1985; Royer &
Dieulesaint, 2000].
Section 2.1.1 begins with a short description of the piezoelectric phenomena and a
review of the constitutive equations that describe the piezoelectrics response, based on
thermodynamical principles. Simplifications of the coupling matrices due to crystal symmetries are also presented in this section. The field equations governing linear piezoelectric
solids are given in Section 2.2. Section 2.3.2 gives the primal and mixed variational formulation for electromechanical boundary value problem as well as the existence, uniqueness
and regularity results for the weak solutions.
2.1
2.1.1
Material laws
Piezoelectric material
A piezoelectric material has the ability to produce an electric field when subjected to
mechanical stress [see e.g. Rovenski et al., 2007]. This phenomenon is known as the
direct effect (the word comes from the Greek piezein which means to press ) and
was first discovered in 1880 by Jacques and Pierre Curie. The converse (or indirect)
piezoelectric effect, by which certain materials deform when subjected to an electric field,
was mathematically deduced from fundamental thermodynamical principles in 1881 by
Lippmann and confirmed experimentally by the Curie brothers.
17
18
2.1.2
Chapter 2. Piezoelectricity theory
Crystal classes
The two piezoelectric effects are specific to the piezoelectrics crystals structure that
lacks a center of symmetry [Boor & Tabaka, 2008]. Of the total 32 crystal classes, 21 are
noncentrosymmetric and with the exception of one class, all of these are piezoelectric. The
32 classes are divided into seven groups: triclinic, monoclinic, orthorhombic, tetragonal,
trigonal, hexagonal and cubic. There is a relationship between these groups and the elastic
nature of the material: triclinic represents anisotropic material, orthorhombic represents
orthotropic material and cubic are usually isotropic materials.
Using Maugin and Hermanns notation, the 20 piezo-classes are: triclinic class 1;
monoclinic classes 2 and m; orthorhombic classes 222 and mm2; tetragonal classes 4, 4,
422, 4mm, and 42m; trigonal classes 3, 32, and 3m; hexagonal classes 6, 6, 622, 6mm,
and 62m; and cubic classes 23 and 43m.
To understand the mechanism that causes a material to possess piezoelectric properties

it is necessary to consider its behavior at the molecular level. The crystal structure of
a material or the arrangement of atoms in a crystal can be composed of a lattice of
atoms, which can be deformed by an applied force or change in electric field. Figure 2.1
illustrates a cube with one negatively charged atom at each corner and a single positively
charged atom in the center. If the positive atom is exactly at the center of the cube
(figure 2.1(a)), then the center of positive and negative charge remains fixed when a force
is applied because of the center, and therefore the material is not piezoelectric. In acentric
crystals (figure 2.1(b)), the center of the positive and negative charge are displaced by an
(a) Structure is non piezoelectric.
(b) Structure is piezoelectric.
Figure 2.1: Configuration of the structure.
2.1. Material laws
19
applied force, and therefore, the crystal may possess polarization or net electric charge.
More detail about piezoelectric material equations can be found in Nye [1985], Ikeda
[1990] and Royer & Dieulesaint [2000].
2.1.3
Thermodynamic description of piezoelectricity
For piezoelectric materials the constitutive equations, which relate the strain tensor e
and the electric field vector E to the stress tensor and the electric displacement D,
are derived from thermodynamic potentials and they are described in detail in several
texts [see e.g. Maugin, 1988; Tiersten, 1969; Mechkour, 2004; Royer & Dieulesaint, 2000].
Following these works we can observe that the constitutive equations can assume different
forms depending on the state field. We take the strain tensor components eij and the
electric field components Ek as independent variables; that is to say, the state of the
crystal, and in particular the stress tensor components ij and the electric displacement
components Dk , are determined when the quantities eij and Ek are given. Accordingly,
we may write
ij
Dk
Dk
ij
ekl +
Ek ,
Dk =
eij +
El ,
(2.1)
ij =
ekl
Ek
eij
El
which are known by piezoelectric constitutive relationship and were first given by Voigt.
One way is to define a function
H(e, E) = U ED,
(2.2)
where U represents the internal energy density. From the first law of thermodynamics for
piezoelectric continuum we have
dU = ij deij + Ek dDk .
(2.3)
To obtain U with respect to the variables eij and Ek , we build the first derivative of
(2.2) and apply (2.3)
U
Ei
Di
eij
Ei
H
=
Di Ei
= ij
Di
.
t
t
t
t
t
t
(2.4)
Hence H defined in (2.2) is also a function of (eij , Ek ) and we may write

H
H eij
H Ei
=
+
,
t
eij t
Ei t
(2.5)
20
and, by comparing coefficients in equations (2.4) and (2.5), we deduce that

ij =
H
,
eij
Di =
H
.
Ei
(2.6)
Hence, by further differentiations,

ij
Dk
2H
=
=
= Pkij .
Ek eij
Ek
eij
(2.7)
ij
kl
2H
2H
=
= Cijkl = Cklij =
=
,
eij ekl
ekl
eij
ekl eij
(2.8)
Di
Dj
2H
2H
=
= ij = ji =
=
.
Ei Ej
Ej
Ei
Ej Ei
(2.9)
In a similar way,
From (2.7)-(2.9), equations (2.1) may now be written as follows

ij = Cijkl ekl Pkij Ek ,
Dk = Pkij eij + kj Ej ,
(2.10)
1 i, j, k 3,
where C = (Cijkl ) is the forth-order elasticity tensor, P = (Pkij ) is the third-order piezoelectric tensor and = (ij ) is the second-order dielectric tensor.
When the matrices in equations (2.10) are denoted by single letters we finally have
the following compact expression:
= Ce P E,
D = P e + E.
Now, substituting (2.10) into equation (2.6), and integrating both equations of (2.6)
with respect to mechanical and electrical strains, respectively, yields,
1
H(e) = Cijklekl eij Pkij Ek eij
2
(2.11)
and
1
H(E) = Pkij Ek eij ij Ei Ej .
2
Combining both conservative fields, the electric enthalpy reads
1
1
H(e, E) = Cijkl ekl eij Pkij Ek eij ij Ei Ej .
2
2
(2.12)
(2.13)
2.1. Material laws
21
Other symmetries are implied by the symmetry of the strain tensor, such as
(Hc21 )
Cijrs = Cjirs = Cijsr , Pkij = Pkji.
(2.14)
For stable materials, both C and are positive definite, i.e., there exists a constant c1 > 0
(Hc22 )
Cijklij kl c1
3
X
ij di dj c1
(ij ) ,
i,j=1
3
X
(di )2 ,
(2.15)
i=1
for all d = (di ) R3 and = (ij ) R9 , ij = ji .
2.1.3.1
Matrix notation
The array Aij written out as
A=
C1111 C1211 C1122 C1113 C1123 C1133 P111 P211 P311
C1112 C1212 C1222 C1213 C1223 C1233 P112 P212 P312

C1122 C1222 C2222 C2213 C2223 C2233 P122 P222 P322
C1113 C1213 C2213 C3131 C3132 C3133 P113 P213 P313
C1123 C1223 C2223 C3132 C3232 C3233 P123 P223 P323
C1133 C1233 C2233 C3133 C3233 C3333 P133 P233 P333
P111
P211
P112
P212
P122
P222
P131
P231
P132
P232
P133
P233
11
12
12
22
13
23
P311
P312
P322
P331
P332
P333
13
23
33
is a matrix of coefficients on the right-side of equations (2.10). Consequently, the behaviour law (2.10) reads:
=A
e
E
A=
C P T
P
(2.16)
The simplifications introduced by (2.8)-(2.9) and (2.14) mean that the corresponding
matrix A has at most 45 independent coefficients as follows:
11
12 13
22 23 ,
sym.
33
P111 P112 P122 P113 P123 P133
P = P211 P212 P222 P213 P223 P233 ,

P311 P312 P322 P313 P323 P333
(2.17)
22
C=
C1111 C1112 C1122 C1113 C1123 C1133

C1212 C1222 C1213 C1223 C1233
C2222 C2213 C2222 C2233
C1313 C1323 C1333
sym.
C2323 C2333
C3333
(2.18)
The material is referred to as triclinic material.

Combining the properties (2.8)-(2.9) with conditions (Hc21 ) and (Hc22 ) we can expressed
the strain tensor and the electric vector field by the following way
e
E
P
T
C

(2.19)
where
= ( + P C 1 P T )1 ,
=
= C 1 (I P T
C 1 ).
P C 1 and C
P
P
(2.20)
The blocks of the constitutive matrix A1 that characterize the constitutive equation
P
,
are of the form
(2.19) has similar expressions to the matrix A, i.e., the blocks C,
(2.17)-(2.18).
The effect of increasing crystal symmetry and the choice of reference axes allows us to
reduce the number of independent components needed to specify completely the properties
of the crystal.
In this research work we will consider, at most, the monoclinic crystal structural class 2. This means that it can be anything up to crystal symmetry class 2, including the
most popular piezoceramics and piezopolymers - the Lead Zirconate Titanate (PZT) and
the Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF).
In next sections, we give a brief summary of the properties of the material that crystalize in the monoclinic crystal system (class 2 and class m) and in the class 6mm of the
hexagonal crystal system.
2.1.3.2
Monoclinic crystal system
As already mentioned, there are 3 crystallographic classes in the monoclinic group: 2/m,
m and 2. The class 2 and the class m for which the corresponding elasticity tensor has
at most thirteen non-null components [see e.g. Royer & Dieulesaint, 2000]
C1111 , C1112 , C1122 , C1133 , C1212 , C1222 , C1233 , C2222 , C2213 , C1313 , C1323 , C2323 , C3333 ,
2.1. Material laws
23
and four non-null components of the permittivity tensor

11 , 12 , 22 , 33 ,
whereas the piezoelectric stress tensor has eight non-null components if the material belongs to class 2:
P311 , P312 , P322 , P333 , P113 , P123 , P213 , , P223 ,
and ten non-null components if the material belongs to class m:
P111 , P112 , P122 , P211 , P212 , P222 , P133 , P233 , P313 , P323 .
2.1.3.3
Transversely isotropic crystal - 6mm symmetric class
A transversely isotropic structures of hexagonal symmetry - 6mm symmetric class is characterized by ten non-zero independent matrix elements consisting of 5 independent elastic constants, 3 independent piezoelectric constants and 2 independent dielectric
constants. For these materials, the reduced matrix form of the above constitutive relationships can now be written as:
C=
C11
C13
C16
C11 C13
2
0
C11
0
0
0
0
0
C16
C44
0
C44
sym.
,
0
C66
0 0 0 P14 0
0
11
0
0
P = 0 0 0
0 P14 0 , =
11 0 ,
P31 0 P31 0
0 P36
sym.
33
where the non-zero components are given by the following relations
C11 = C1111 = C2222 ,
C44 = C1313 = C2323 ,
C13 = C1122 , C16 = C1133 = C2233 ,

C11 C13
C1212 =
, C66 = C3333 ,
2
P14 = P113 = P223 , P31 = P311 = P322 , P36 = P333 .
(2.21)
(2.22)
(2.23)
24
2.2
Field quantities and equations
The mechanical behavior of any material is governed by certain physical laws, which relate
stress, strain, electric fields and electric displacement together. In any points, including
points on the boundary, it must satisfy three basic equations which are Cauchys equations
of motion, kinematics equations and constitutive equations (defined before).
2.2.1
Strains and electric fields
We consider a piezoelectric body continuum occupying a region in a stress-free configuration (in the absence of any electric field or mechanical load), henceforth called the
reference configuration of the body. The goal of this section is to describe the deformation
in response to given forces.
Let = id + u : x 7 (x + u(x)) R3 be a standard C 1 -deformation, with
u = u(x) denoting the mechanical displacement at x . Let us denote the electric
potential at point x as (x). We let x = (xi ) denote a generic point in the set
. The associated generalized deformations are the linearized strain e and the electric
field E, which are expressed as a function of u and through the following equations of
kinematical compatibility:
e (u) := (eij (u)) =
E () := (i ) ,

1
(i uj + j ui ) ,
2
(2.24)
(static),
(2.25)
where i = /xi , x = (xi ) . The expression (2.25) will be deduced in Section 2.2.3.
2.2.2
Mechanical balance laws
One the basic principles of mechanics is the balance of momentum. In the presence of a
body force f , this law takes the form (static case)
div = f ,
(2.26)
i ij = fj .
(2.27)
or, in componentwise,
2.2. Field quantities and equations
2.2.3
25
Maxwells equations
In this section, we deduce the main Maxwells equations for the electric field variables in
the absence of magnetic fields, free currents and electric charges.
The Maxwells equations of electromagnetism are written as
curl H = t D + J,
(2.28)
curl E = t B,
(2.29)
div B = 0,
(2.30)
div D = 0,
(2.31)
where E denotes the electric field as before, D the electric displacement, H the magnetic
field, B the magnetic induction and J the current density. The magnetic filed and the
magnetic induction are related by
B = 0 (H + M ),
where M is the magnetic field (will be neglected) and 0 is the dielectric impermeability.
The electric field and the electric displacement are related by
D = 0 E + P ,
where P is the electric polarization and 0 is the (symmetric positive definite) permittivity
tensor. From equation (2.30) we deduce the existence of A such that
B = curlA.
The previous equation together with (2.29) imply that E +
derives of one scalar electrical potential , and therefore
E =
A
t
A
t
admits a rotational null,
(2.32)
where = ( x , y , z ). As the magnetic part is neglected, the following conditions are

considered for magnetic part
A = 0, 0 = 0,
and the electric field can be treated as quasi-static [see Gantner, 2005]. Therefore, the
26
Maxwell equation (2.29) reads

curl E = 0,
and the electric field can be represented as the gradient of an electric scalar potential
according to
E = ,
(2.33)
in which the electric field is represented by the negative gradient of the electric potential
. We also assume that the body is a perfect dielectric, i.e., non charge electric in (2.31).
Thus, the only relevant Maxwell equation is
div D = 0.
(2.34)
Combining all the above, we have the so-called field equations for linear piezoelectric
problems:
E = ,
e = 21 ( u + ( u)T ),
2.2.4
= Ce P E,
D = P e + E,
div = f ,
div D = 0.
(2.35)
Boundary conditions
System (2.35) is not a well-posted problem unless we provide it with appropriate boundary
conditions.
Let be a region occupied by a piezoelectric body. The set is assumed to be an
open bounded subset of R3 with a Lipschitz continuous boundary. On the surface of
the solid, mechanical and electrical boundary conditions are applied. We consider that
the surface = is composed by
= dN dD ,
dN dD = ,
for the mechanical boundary conditions and

= eN eD ,
eN eD = ,
for the electric boundary conditions. An illustration of this decomposition is depicted in

Figures 2.2 and 2.3, where n is the unit vector, normal to a surface element . The
boundary conditions for the displacements, the surface traction, g = (gi ), the electric
2.3. Equations for a piezoelectric problem
27
potential, and the electric charge, q are defined by

ui = 0 on dD
and
ij nj = gi
on dN ,
(2.36)
= 0
on eD and
Dk nk = q
on eN .
In our case, we also assume that q = 0. Note that the lower subscripts eN and eD in
eN and eD refer to electric (e), Neumann (N) and Dirichelet (D) boundary conditions,
respectively, while the lower subscripts dN and dD in dN and dD refer to displacement
(Neumann and Dirichelet) boundary conditions.
eD
g
dD
dN
g
n
0
eN
Figure 2.2: Mechanical boundary conditions Figure 2.3: Electrical boundary conditions
2.3
Equations for a piezoelectric problem
In this section, we derive the Boundary Value Problem (BVP) for the piezoelectric problem
described before and its variational formulation.
2.3.1
Coupled piezoelectric equations
Combining equations (2.26), (2.34) with previous mechanical and electrical boundary
conditions (2.36), we arrive at the BVP for piezoelectricity:
R3 and the scalar
BVP 1 In a domain R3 , find the displacement field u :
R satisfying
:
j ij (u, ) = fi in ,
ij (u, ) nj = gi on dN ,
ui
= 0 on dD ,
(2.37)
28
k Dk (u, ) = 0 in ,
Dk (u, ) nk = 0 on eN ,
= 0 on eD .
(2.38)
Hypotheses 1 Throughout this work, we are going to make the following standard assumptions on the data:

,
Cijkl L
f [L2 ()]3 ,
2.3.2

,
Pkij L
g [L2 (dN )]3 ,

,
ij L
0 H 1/2 (eD ).
(2.39)
(2.40)
Variational formulation: existence and uniqueness of a solution
There are two different ways to formulate the variational formulation of the BVP 1,
defined in previous section: the primal variational principle and the mixed variational
principle. We begin by introducing the appropriate spaces and then derive a variational
(weak) formulation of our system of partial differential equations.
2.3.2.1
Primal formulation
Let H 1 () be the usual Sobolev space of functions, whose generalized derivatives of order
at most 1 are squared integrable, that is, they belong to L2 (). Let the essential spaces
for the piezoelectric problem be given by
n
o

3
V0 := V0 () = v H 1 () : v = 0 on dD ,

0 := 0 () = H 1 () : = 0 on eD .
(2.41)
(2.42)
We also introduce the non-empty closed convex subset 2 of H 1 ()

2 := 2 () = H 1() : = 0 on eD .
(2.43)
29
The spaces V0 () and 0 () are equipped with norms
||v||V0 = |e(v)|0, =
||||0 = ||||H 1 () ,
3
X
|eij (v)|20,
i,j=1
!1/2
v V0 (),
0 ().
(2.44)
(2.45)
Let v V0 be the test vector function. Take the scalar product of the first equation of
the system (2.37) with the test vector function v V0 , and integrate it over , one have
Z
ij
(u, )vi dx =
xj
fi vi dx.
(2.46)
Apply the generalized divergence theorem to the left hand side of (2.46), and get
Z
vi
dx =
vi ij nj d
vi ij nj d + ij
xj
dN
dD
fi vi dx.
(2.47)
Since v V0 , which implies v = 0 on dD , the second term on the right hand side is
zero. Then using the Newmann mechanical boundary condition, the previous equation
becomes
Z
Z
Z
vi
vi gi d + ij
dx =
fi vi dx.
(2.48)
xj
dN
Next, using the fact that ij = ji , we obtain that

vi
ij
xj
1
= ij
2
vi
vj
+
xj
xi
= ij eij (v),
(2.49)
and consequently, we get

Z
ij eij (v)dx =
gi vi d +
dN
fi vi dx.
(2.50)
Applying constitutive laws (2.10), we achieve

Z
[Cijkl ekl (u) Pmij Em ()] eij (v)dx =
fi vi dx +
gi vi d.
(2.51)
dN
Analogously, let 0 . Multiplying both sides of the first equation of (2.38) and
integrating it over a domain it leads to
Z
div D(u, )dx = 0.
30
Combining the Greens formula with Neumanns electric boundary conditions (2.38).
Z
div D(u, )dx =
(Di ni )d
eN
Di i dx =
Di i dx,
and substituting the electric displacement by expression (2.10), we obtain

Z
[Pikl ekl (u) + ik Ek ()] Ei () dx = 0.
(2.52)
Adding equations (2.51) and (2.52), we obtain the variational formulations to the problem
(2.37)-(2.38) [see Haenel, 2000]:
(
Find (u, ) V0 2 such that

a((u, ) , (v, )) = l (v, ) ,
where
a((u, ) , (v, )) =
(v, ) V0 0 ,
(2.53)
[Cijkl ekl (u) Pmij Em ()] eij (v)dx
[Pmij eij (u) + mi Ei ()] Em () dx,
(2.54)
l (v, ) =
fi vi dx +
gi vi d.
dN
Now we give an alternative variational formulation which derives from the nonhomogeneous condition (2.36).
From hypothesis 0 H 1/2 (eD ), there exists an extension of 0 in H 1 (), i.e. a
function H 1 () such that = 0 on eD .
We define
= 0 ,
(2.55)
and substituting (2.55) into laws (2.10), we obtain

ij (u, ) = ij (u, )
Pkij Ek (),
Dk (u, ) = Dk (u, )
+ kl El (),
(2.56)
and consequently equations (2.37) and (2.38) become

j ij (u, )
= fi j (Pkij Ek ())
,
k Dk (u, )
= k (kl El ())
,
(2.57)
with the following boundary conditions

u = 0 on dD ,
= 0 on eD ,
(2.58)
31
and
ij (u, )
nj = gi + Pkij Ek ()n
j
Dk (u, )
nk = kl El ()n
k
on dN ,
(2.59)
on eN .
(2.60)
We first consider the equilibrium equations (2.57). Multiplication of both sides of the
equations (2.57) by respectively test functions v V0 and 0 and integration over a
domain lead to
[j ij (u, )
vi + k Dk (u, )
] dx
[fi vi j (Pkij Ek ())

vi + k (kl El ())
] dx.
Integration by parts of the first term of the above equations results in

Z
ij (u, )
eij (v) dx
Dk (u,)
Ek () dx
ij (u, )n
j vi d +
dN
Dk (u, )n
k d
eN
(2.61)
[fi vi + Pkij Ek ()e

ij (v) kl El ()E
k ()] dx
Pkij Ek ()v
i nj d +
dN
kl El ()n
k d
eN
Substituting the stress tensor and the electric displacement by expressions (2.10) and
using (2.59)-(2.60) we deduce that [see e.g. Haenel, 2000; Mechkour, 2004] the solution
(u, ) of (2.53)-(2.54) is derived from = + with (u, )
satisfying:
V0 0 such that
Find (u, )
a((u, ),
(u, )) = l2 (v, )
(2.62)
(v, ) V0 0
where the bilinear form a(, ) was defined in (2.54) and the linear form l2 () reads
l2 (v, ) =
[fi vi + Pkij Ek ()e

ij (v) kl El ()E
k ()] dx +
Remark 1 From (2.43) and (2.55) we have

2 = + 0 = H 1 () : 0 .
dN
gi vi d.
(2.63)
32
An equivalent formulation problem of (2.53)-(2.54) is the following variational inequality

(see Viriyasrisuwattana et al. [2007]):
Find (u, ) V0 2 such that
a((u, ) , (v, )) l (v, ) ,
(v, ) V0 2 .
(2.64)
We note that the problem (2.64) is equivalent to the problem (2.53)-(2.54).

2.3.2.2
Existence and uniqueness of solution
Let us first introduce some results to the linear and bilinear forms (see Haenel [2000] and
Mechkour [2004]), which allow us to guarantee the existence and uniqueness of solution to
the problem (2.53)-(2.54) by applying the Lax-Milgrams Lemma (see Viriyasrisuwattana
et al. [2007], Weller & Licht [2008]).
3
Lemma 1 Assume that f = (fi ) [L2 ()] and g = (gi ) [L2 (dN )] . Then the linear
form l2 : V0 0 R defined in (2.63) is continuous.
Lemma 2 Assume that meas (dD ) > 0, meas (eD ) > 0. Then the bilinear form a(, )
is continuous and V0 0 - elliptic.
Proposition 1 Assume that meas (dD ) > 0, meas (eD ) > 0, f = (fi ) [L2 ()] ,
3
g = (gi ) [L2 (dN )] . Then (2.62)-(2.63) has a unique solution (u, )
V 0 0 .
Corollary 1 Assume the hypotheses of Proposition 1 and also 0 H 1/2 (eD ). Then
the variational problem (2.53)-(2.54) has one and only one solution (u, ) V0 2 .
Moreover, = + ,
where (u, )
is the only solution of problem (2.62)-(2.63) and
H 1 () is an extension of 0 .
2.3.2.3
Mixed formulation
In this section, we establish a mixed variational formulation of problem (2.37)-(2.38) using

the spaces X 1 , X 0 and X 2 :
2
X 1 := X 1 () = [L
()]9s
L (),
k(, )kX1
X 0 := X 0 () = V0 0 ,
k(, )kX0
X 2 := X 2 () = V0 2 ,
k(, )kX2
h
i1/2
2
2
,
= | |L2 () + | |L2 ()
h
i1/2
2
2
,
= || ||V0 + || ||H 1 ()
h
i1/2
2
2
.
= || ||V0 + || ||H 1 ()
33
To deduce the mixed variational formulation of BVP 1, we write the constitutive law
for piezoelectric material in the inverse formulation as follows (cf. (2.19)-(2.20))
eij = Cijkl kl + Pkij Dk ,
Ei = Pikl kl + ik Dk .
(2.65)
From properties of coerciveness and symmetry of tensors Cijkl and ij , and symmetry
of Pkij , the following properties are derived:
(Hm
ij = ji , Pmij = Pmji .
1 ) Cijkl = Cklij = Cjikl ,
3
33
(Hm
,
2 ) There exists c > 0 such that, for any d = (di ) R , = (ij ) R
Cijkl ij kl c
3
X
(ij ) , ij didj c
i,j=1
3
X
(di )2 .
(2.66)
i=1
The constitutive equation (2.65) is now considered. The weak form of this equation,
obtained by multiplying both sides of the equation (2.65) by a test function ( , d) X 1
and integrating by parts over , reads as follows

Z

Cijkl kl + Pkij Dk ij dx +
eij (u)ij dx

Pkij ij + kl Dl dk dx
Ek ()dk dx = 0.
Combining the previous equation with the equation (2.61) we obtain
where
Find ((, D), (u, )) X 1 X 2 ,
aH ((, D), ( , d)) + bH (( , d), (u, )) = 0, for all ( , d) X 1 ,
b ((, D), (v, )) = l (v, ), for all (v, ) X ,

H
H
0
Z

Cijkl kl + Pkij Dk ij dx
Z

+
Pkij ij + kl Dl dk dx
Z
Z
bH (( , d), (u, )) =
eij (u)ij dx
Ek ()dk dx
Z
Z
lH (v, ) = fi vi dx
gi vi d,
aH ((, D), ( , d)) =
dN
(2.67)
(2.68)
(2.69)
34
which is the Hellinger-Reissner variational principle for problem (2.37)-(2.38).

Using the relation = + established in Section 2.3.2.1, the mixed problem (2.67)(2.69) is: Find ((, D), (u, ))
X 1 X 0 , such that
Find (, D), (u, ))

X 1 X 0 such that
aH ((, D), ( , d)) + bH (( , d), (u, ))

= l1,H ( , d),
b ((, D), (v, )) = l (v, ), (v, ) X

H
2,H
0
where
l1,H ( , d) =
( , d) X 1
Ek ()d
k dx,
l2,H (v, ) = lH (v, ) =
fi vi dx +
2.3.2.4
(2.70)
(2.71)
gi vi d.
dN
To show the existence and uniqueness of solution for the above mixed formulation, it is
enough to show that:
Theorem 1 An unique solution ((, D), (u, ))

X 1 X 0 to the problem defined by
equations (2.70) and (2.71) exists, provided that
1. K 0 - ellipticity of aH . That is, there exists a constant 1 > 0 such that
|aH (( , d), ( , d))| 1 ||( , d)||2X1
( , d) K 0 ,
(2.72)
where
K 0 = {( , d) X 1 : bH (( , d), (v, )) = 0
(v, ) X 0 } .
2. (Babuska-Brezzi condition) Given (v, ) X 0 there exists a constant 2 such that

bH (( , d), (v, ))
2 k(v, )kX0 .
||( , d)||X1
(,d)X 1
sup
(2.73)
Proof. Letting ( , d) = (e(v), E()) X 1 in the bilinear form bH (, ), by virtue of
Poincares and Korns inequalities, we prove the existence of 2 > 0 satisfying the above
inf-sup condition (2.73). The elliptic property (2.72) is obvious since the ellipticity of C
35
and
Z

Cijkl kl ij + kl dl dk dx

c k k2L2 () + kdk2L2 () , ( , d) X 0 .
aH (( , d), ( , d)) =
We are now in a position to apply Babuska-Brezzis Theorem (see e.g. Girault &
Raviart [1986]): there exists a unique pair of functions ((, D), (u, ))
X1 X0
satisfying (2.70)-(2.71).
Chapter
One-dimensional piezoelectric model for a

cantilever beam with electric potential
applied on both ends.
In this chapter we initiate the asymptotic study of the piezoelectric problem for a linear
beam that belongs to crystal symmetry class 2 in response to an electric potential acting
on both ends. Through this analysis we derive a one-dimensional model for piezoelectric
beams as the cross sectional goes to zero.
The analysis in this chapter uses asymptotic methods employed, in this field, by Maugin & Attou [1990]. Following Trabucho & Via
no [1996], we organize this chapter as
follows. In Section 3.1, we recall the three-dimensional piezoelectricity problem and the
equilibrium equations are written in the variational form (principle of virtual work). In
Section 3.2, a set of scalings is used to maintain constant the beam diameter, and assign
appropriate orders to the components of the displacement, the stress, the electric potential
and the electric displacement. The scaled variational formulation of the three-dimensional
problem posed over a fixed domain is also defined in this section. The weak convergence
of the solution to this problem and the limit variational problem are studied in Section 3.3, as the small parameter tends to zero. In Section 3.4, we introduce the scaled
principle of virtual work, and applying the displacement-electric potential approach, we
prove that the scaled stress and electric displacement developments do not contain any
negative power of h. In Section 3.4.0.2, we obtain the limit model whose leading term
of the development is unknown, as expected. In Theorem 7, established in Section 3.4.1,
the strong convergence results follows. Finally in Section 3.5, we find the boundary value
problem to the limit, which consist in two partial differential equation of fourth order and
two coupled partial differential equation of second order, posed over the one-dimensional
set (0, L).
37
38
Chapter 3. One-dimensional piezoelectric model for a cantilever beam
3.1
The mechanical problem
Here, we are going to study the BVP 1, introduced in Section 2.3, for a family of a linearly
piezoelectric beams.
3.1.1
Reference configuration, loading and boundary conditions
In its reference configuration, the beam occupies the domain

h = h [0, L],
having L as length and h R2 as its cross-section. We assume that h = h, where

R2 is a bounded, open set of R2 , of area A = A() and boundary = Lipschitz
continuous. Then, the area of cross section h is Ah = h2 A and the diameter of order h
is assumed very small when compared with L.
An arbitrary point of h will be denoted by xh = (xh1 , xh2 , xh3 ) and the unit outer
normal vector to the boundary h = h by nh = (nhi ). The coordinate system Oxh1 xh2 xh3
will be assumed a principal system of inertia associated to h , which means that
Z
xh
d =
xh1 xh2 d h = 0.
(3.1)
We consider two decompositions of the boundary h = h , which correspond to the

mechanical and electrical boundary conditions:
h = h = hdD hdN with hdD hdN = and meas(hD ) > 0,
h = h = heD heN with heD heN = and meas(heD ) > 0.
Further we define the boundary sets:
h0 =
h {0} ,
the left end of the beam,
hL =
h {L} ,
the right end of the beam,
hN = h (0, L), the lateral surface.

In this Chapter, we assume the following loadings to the system (as illustrated in Figure
3.1.1):
i) The beam is weakly clamped at hdD = h0 , which means that it is clamped in mean,
3.1. The mechanical problem
39
xh2
gh on hN
h0
xh1
h,0
0
ph on hL
xh3
h,L
0
Figure 3.1: Schematic representation of the solid domain and their mechanical and electrical boundary conditions.
and reads (see e.g. Trabucho & Via

no [1996]),
Z
h
0
uhi
d = 0,
h
0
(xhi uhj xhj uhi ) d h = 0;
(3.2)
We abbreviate the conditions (3.2) to

huh ih0 = 0.
(3.3)
ii) The surface forces g h are acting on hN and ph on hL . This corresponds to put
hdN = hN hL .
iii) An electric potential h0 is applied on heD = h0 hL . More specifically, we denote

h,L
h
h
h0 h = h,0
=
(,
,
0)
and
= h0 (, , L).
0
0
0 h = 0
0
Remark 2 As we will see, the use of the average clamping condition (3.3) instead of
a strong clamping condition such as uh = 0 on h0 allows to avoid the boundary layer
problem (see Lions [1973]) that arises when a strong clamping condition is used - which
turns out to be related to the fact that in general a strong clamping of the beam is physically
impossible (see e.g. Trabucho & Via
no [1996] and references therein).
h
h
We denote by Cijkl
, Pkij
and hkl the components of elasticity tensor, piezoelectric
tensor and dielectric tensor of the material, where h is made of a monoclinic piezoelectric
h
h
material of class 2, i.e., the components Cijkl
, hkl and Pkij
satisfy the following conditions:
h
h
h
h
h
C3
= C333
= h3 = P
= P33
= P33
= 0.
(3.4)
h
h
The conditions C3
= C333
= 0 reflet that the longitudinal axis Ox3 is a principal directional of piezoelectricity (see Lekhnitskii [1981]), Royer & Dieulesaint [2000])
Therefore the stress tensor h = (ijh ) : h R9s and the electric displacement vector
Dh = (Dih ) : h R3 are related to the linear strain tensor, ehij (uh ) = 12 (ih uhj +jh uhi ), and
40
the gradient of the electric potential, Eih (h ) = ih h , through the following behavior
laws:
h
h
h
h
(uh , h ) = C33
eh33 (uh ) + C
eh (uh ) P3
E3h (h ),
h
h
h
3
(uh , h ) = 2C33
eh3 (uh ) P3
Eh (h ),
h
h
h
h
33
(uh , h ) = C3333
eh33 (uh ) + C33
eh (uh ) P333
E3h (h ),
Dh (uh , h ) = 2P3
eh3 (uh ) + h Eh (h ),
h h h
h
h
D3 (u , ) = P3
eh (uh ) + P333
eh33 (uh ) + h33 E3h (h ),
in h ,
in h ,
in h ,
(3.5)
in h ,
in h .
From (3.4) and (3.5), we have
h
31
(uh , h )
h h h
32 (u , )
h h h
D1 (u , )
D2h (uh , h )
h
h
h
h
2C3131
2C3132
P131
P231

h
h
h
h
2C3232
P132
P232
2C3231

=

h
h
2P131
2P132
h11
h12

h
h
2P231
2P232
h21
h22
eh31 (uh )
h h
e32 (u )
h h
E1 ( )
E2h (h )
(3.6)
and
h
11
(uh , h )
h h h
12 (u , )
h h h
22 (u , )
h h h
33 (u , )
D3h (uh , h )
h
h
h
h
h
C1111
2C1112
C1122
C1133
P311

h
h
h
h
h
C1222
C1233
P312
C1211 2C1212

h
h
h
h
h
C2222
C2233
P322
= C2211 2C2212

h
h
h
h
h
C3311 2C3312
C3322
C3333
P333

h
h
h
h
P311
2P312
P322
P333
h33
eh11 (uh )
h h
e12 (u )
h h
e22 (u ) .
h h
e33 (u )
h
h
E3 ( )
Equivalently,
eh31 (uh )
h h
e32 (u )
h h
E1 ( )
E2h (h )
h
h
h
h
2C3131
2C3132
P131
P231

h
h
h
h
2C3232
P132
P232
2C3231

=

h
h
2P131
2P132
h11
h12

h
h
2P231
2P232
h21
h22
h
31
(uh , h )
h h h
32 (u , )
h h h
D1 (u , )
D2h (uh , h )
(3.7)
41
and
eh11 (uh )

h h
e12 (u )

eh (uh ) =
22

h h
e33 (u )

h
h
E3 ( )
h
h
h
h
h
C1111
2C1112
C1122
C1133
P311
h
C1211
h
2C1212
h
C1222
h
C1233
h
P312
h
h
h
h
h
C2211
2C2212
C2222
C2233
P322
h
h
h
h
h
C3311
2C3312
C3322
C3333
P333
h
P311
h
2P312
h
P322
h
P333
h33
h
11
(uh , h )
h h h
12 (u , )
h (uh , h )
22
h h h
33 (u , )
D3h (uh , h )
On the other hand from (2.19)-(2.20) we have

h
h
h
eh3 = 2C33
3
+ P3
Dh ,
in h ,
h
h
Eh = 2P3
3
+ h Dh ,
in h ,
h
h
h
h
h
eh = C33
33
+ C
+ P3
D3h , in h ,
(3.8)
h
h
h
h
eh33 = C3333
33
+ C33
+ P333
D3h , in h ,
h
h
h
h
E3h = P3
P333
33
+ h33 D3h ,
in h ,
and therefore we arrive (see (2.65))

h
h
h
h
h
C3
= C333
= h3 = P
= P33
= P33
= 0,
h
h
h
h
C3131
C3132
P131
P231
(3.9)
h
h
h
h
2C3131
2C3132
P131
P231
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
2C3232
P132
P232
C3231 C3232 P132 P232 2C3231
=

h
h
h
h
2P132
h11
h12
P131
P132
h11
h12 2P131

h
h
h
h
2P231
2P232
h21
h22
P231
P232
h21
h22
h
C1111
h
C1112
h
C1122
h
C1133
h
h
h
h
C1211 C1212
C1222
C1233
C h
h
h
h
2211 C2212 C2222 C2233
h
h
h
h
C3322
C3333
C3311 C3312
h
h
h
h
P311
P312
P322
P333
P311

h
P312

h
P322
=

h
P333

h33
h
C1111
h
2C1112
h
C1122
h
C1133
h
P311
h
h
h
h
h
C1211
2C1212
C1222
C1233
P312
h
h
h
h
h
C2211 2C2212 C2222 C2233 P322
h
h
h
h
h
C3311
2C3312
C3322
C3333
P333
h
h
h
h
P311
2P312
P322
P333
h33
To guarantee the regularity to the data we increase one condition to the Hypothesis 1
42
introduced in previous chapter:

Hypotheses 2 ph [L2 (hL )]3 .
3.1.2
Variational problem: primal and mixed formulation
As a consequence of the weakly clamped condition the functional spaces of admissible

displacements and electric potential take the form:
h
V0,w
Z
1 h 3
h
h
h
v H ( ) : h {0} vi d = 0,
h
= V0,w
(h ) =
Z
(xhj vih xhi vjh ) d h = 0
h {0}
h0 = h0 (h ) = { h H 1 (h ) : h = 0 on heD },
,
(3.10)
h2 = h2 (h ) = { h H 1 (h ) : h = h0 on heD }.
h
The spaces V0,w
(h ) and h0 (h ) equipped with the norms
3
X
||v ||V0,w
h (h ) =
i,j=1
||ehij (v h )||0,h
|| h ||h0 (h ) = || h ||0,h ,
!1/2
h
v h V0,w
(h ),
h h0 (h ),
becomes Hilbert spaces (Mechkour [2004]).

The mechanical problem corresponds to the following variational problem (see (2.53)(2.54)):
h
Find (uh , h ) V0,w
h2 ,
ah ((uh , h ), (vh , h )) = lh (v h , h ),
h
(v h , h ) V0,w
h0 ,
(3.11)
where
h
a ((u , ), (v , )) =
ijh (uh , h )ehij (v h ) dxh
Dkh (uh , h )Ekh ( h ) dxh
h
h
h
[Cijkl
ehkl (uh ) Pmij
Em
(h )]ehij (v h ) dxh
Z
h
+
[Pmij
ehij (uh ) + hmi Eih (h )]Em ( h ) dxh ,
(3.12)
43
and
h
l (v , ) =
fih vih
dx +
h
N
gih vih
d +
h
L
phi vih dh .
(3.13)
which corresponds to the principle of virtual work.

Remark 3 In this formulation, the only difference with the strong clamped condition is
h
V0,w
h2 that replaces V0h h0 (V0h defined in Chapter 2).
Next, we prove that the problem (3.11) has an unique solution. We remark that the
BVP associated with (3.11) is not simple to write. In fact, we obtain:
jh ijh uh , h
ijh uh , h nhj
huhi i
h
h
h
u
,
i3
h
h
h
h
u
,
vi
i3
= fih in h ,
= gih on hN ,
=
on hdD ,
(3.14)
= phi on hL ,
=
h
0
h
v h = (vih ) V0,w
,

h h
h
h
D
u
,
= 0 in h ,
k
k

Dkh uh , h nhk = 0 on heN ,
h
= h0 on heD .
(3.15)
h
The condition (3.14)5 imposes a restriction on the form of 3i
on h0 that cannot be
expressed in a strong way.
Remark 4 Let h H 1 () be an extension of h0 H 1/2 (heD ). For simplicity we take

the xh3 - interpolant
(Ha31 )
h (xh3 ) =
1 h h,L
1
(L xh3 )h,0
x .
0 +
L
L 3 0
(3.16)
To achieve the limit problem we will suppose that the electric potential applied in both
ends of the beam is constant and independent on xh1 and xh2 . Therefore,
h,0
and
0
h,L
are constants,
0
and therefore h depends only on variable xh3 .
(3.17)
44
To summarize, we have
h2 = h2 () = h + h0 ,
(3.18)
and
h = h + h ,
h h0 .
(3.19)
Moreover, (uh , h ) is the unique solution of the following problem:

h
(uh , h ) V0,w
h0 ,
h
a ((u , ), (v , )) =
(3.20)
l2h (v h , h ),
(v , )
h
V0,w
h0 ,
where
l2h (v h , h ) = lh (v h , h ) ah ((0, h ), (vh , h ))
Z
Z
Z
h h
h
h h
h
=
fi vi dx +
gi vi d +
h
3.1.2.1
h
N
h33 E3h (h )E3h ( h ) dxh
h
L
phi vih dh
h
P333
E3h (h )eh33 (v h ) dxh
h
P3
E3h (h )eh (v h ) dxh .
(3.21)
h
Theorem 2 The problem (3.20) has an unique solution (uh , h ) V0,w
h0 .
h
Proof. Firstly, we need to prove that lh is a continuous linear form on V0,w
h0 , which
is an elementary conclusion from hypothesis:

(Hd1 )
f h [L2 (h )]3 ,
g h [L2 (hN )]3 ,
ph [L2 (hL )]3 .
(3.22)
h
Next, we need to prove that ah is a V0,w
h0 -elliptic. This is a consequence of Korns
and Poincares inequalities because of Korns inequality is still valid in V0,w , space that
contains V0 (see Trabucho & Via

no [1996]). Then, the Lax-Milgrams Lemma can be
applied to conclude.
3.2. Change of variable to the reference beam

3.1.2.2
45
Mixed formulation
Following the same steps done in Section 2.3.2.4 we obtain the mixed formulation of
problem (3.20)-(3.21). Defining
X h1 = [L2 (h )]9s [L2 (h )]3 ,
h
h
X h0,w = V0,w
h0 and X h2,w = V0,w
h2 ,
we have (see (2.67)):

Find ( h , Dh ), (uh , h ) X h1 X h2,w such that

ahH ( h , D h ), ( h , dh ) + bhH ( h , dh ), (uh , h ) = 0
for all h , dh X h
1

h
(v h , h )
bhH h , D h , v h , h = lH
ahH
Z
h
h
h
(
, d ), ( , d ) =

h
h h
Cijkl
klh + Pkij
dk ijh dxh
+
bhH
(3.24)
for all v h , h X h
0,w
where
Z

h h
h
h
(
, d ), v ,
=
h
lH
(v h , h )
(3.23)

h h
Pkij
ij + hkl dhl dhk dxh ,
ijh
ehij (v h )dxh
fih
vih
dx
h
N
gih
(3.25)
dhk Ekh ( h )dxh ,
vih dh
h
L
phi vih dh .
(3.26)
(3.27)
Existence and uniqueness of solution of the problem (3.23)-(3.27) is obtained as in

Theorem 2 because all arguments are valid replacing X h2,w (X h0,w ) by X h2 (X h0 ), respectively
3.2
Change of variable to the reference beam
The major geometric feature of a three-dimensional beam is the fact that the largest
cross sectional dimension is very small compared to its length (h L), causing ill-
conditioning of the three-dimensional problem. We take advantage of this property to use

an asymptotic expansion method (see Lions [1973]) with respect to the small parameter
h as usually done in the elastic beam case (see e.g. Berm
udez & Via
no [1984], Trabucho
& Via
no [1996] and references therein). We will study the dependence of the solution
46

uh , h with respect to h. The technique of change of variable to a fixed domain and
subsequent rescalling of the displacement and electric potential will allow us to derive a
variational problem equivalent to (3.11)-(3.13) or (3.20)-(3.21) where h shows up in an
explicit way in the rescaled equations.
To start, we perform a change of variable to the reference domain = (0, L)
through the following transformation (Figure 3.2)
h : x = (x1 , x2 , x3 )
h.
xh = h (x) = (xh1 , xh2 , xh3 ) = (hx1 , hx2 , x3 )
(3.28)
All notations refereed to domain are obtained from h for h = 1 and this index is
dropped. For example:
= ,
0 = 10 = {0},
N = [0, L].
Furthermore, condition (3.1) becomes now

Z
x d =
x1 x2 d = 0,
(3.29)
that is, the system Ox1 x2 x3 is a principal system of inertia for . In the view of (3.2)
we will represent the boundary condition
Z
vi d = 0,
0
(xj vi xi vj ) d = 0,
by hvi = 0 on 0 , that is, taking (3.29) into account,

Z
vi d = 0,
v d = 0,
x v3 d = 0,
h
h
xh
and the set

h.
Figure 3.2: Change of variable between the set
(3.30)
47
where 1 (x1 , x2 ) = x2 , 2 (x1 , x2 ) = x1 . We now define the spaces (cf. (3.10))

V0,w := V0,w () = {v [H 1 ()]3 : hvi|0 = 0},
0 := 0 () = { H 1 () : = 0 on 0 L },
(3.31)
2 := 2 () = + 0 () = { H 1 () : 0 },
(3.32)
X 0,w := X 0,w () = V0,w () 0 (),

X 2,w := X 2,w () = V0,w () 2 (),
endowed with the following norms equivalent to the usual Sobolev norms:
kvkV0,w = |e(v)|0, ,
kk0 = ||0, ,
and
e(v) = (eij (v)) ,

1/2
k(v, )kX0 ,w = kvk2V0,w + kk20
1
eij (v) = (i vj + j vi ).
2
Remark 5 In what follows we shall make use of the following decomposition of V0,w ()
(cf. Trabucho & Via
no [1996])
V0,w () = W1 () W2 (),

Z
Z
1
W1 () = H () :
=
x = 0 ,
{0}
{0}

Z
Z
1
2
W2 () = b = ( ) H () :
=
(x1 2 x2 1 ) = 0 .
{0}
(3.33)
(3.34)
(3.35)
{0}
In order to obtain a problem in equivalent to (3.11) we associate it to the unknowns

h
and test displacement fields uh , v h in V0,w
, the (unknown and test) scaled displacement
fields u(h) = (ui (h)) and v(h) = (vi (h)) in V0,w defined by the following scalings valid for
all xh = h (x), x :
u (h)(x) = huh (xh ),
u3 (h)(x) = uh3 (xh ),
(3.36)
v (h)(x) = hvh (xh ),
v3 (h)(x) = v3h (xh ).
(3.37)
Similarly, the electric potential h and the test function h in h0 are associated to the
scaled potential (h) and the scaled (test) function (h) in 0 using the following scaling
48
for all xh = h (x), x :

(h)(x) = h (xh ),
(h)(x) = h (xh ).
(3.38)
h R9 and to the electric displacement

Moreover, to the stress tensor h = (ijh ) :
s
h R3 we associate, respectively, the scaled stress tensor field (h) =
D h = (Dkh ) :
R9 and the electric displacement vector D(h) = (Dk (h)) :
R3 defined
(ij (h)) :
s
by
h
h
h
(xh ) = h2 (h)(x), 3
(xh ) = h3 (h)(x), 33
(xh ) = 33 (h)(x),

D h (xh ) = hD (h)(x),
D3h (xh )
(3.39)
= D3 (h)(x),
Furthermore, we consider the following hypothesis on

valid for all xh = h (x), x .
the magnitude of the data with respect to the diameter of the beam cross-section h:
1. There exist functions fi L2 (), gi L2 (N ) and pi L2 (L ), independent of h,

such that:
fh (xh ) = hf (x), f3h (xh ) = f3 (x), for all xh = h (x) h ,
(3.40)
gh (xh ) = h2 g (x), g3h (xh ) = hg3 (x), for all xh = h (x) hN ,
ph (xh ) = hp (x), ph (xh ) = p (x), for all xh = h (x) h .
3
L
2. There exists a function H 1 (0, L), independent of h, such that:
(x
3 ) = h (xh3 ),
for all xh3 = h (x3 ), x3 [0, L].
(3.41)
As mentioned before, is the trace lifting of 0 . If h is given by condition (Ha31 ),

then
1
1
(3.42)
(x
3 ) = (L x3 )00 + x3 L0 .
L
L
3. The piezoelectric constants are such that
h
Cijkl
(xh ) = Cijkl (x),
h
Pkij
(xh ) = Pkij (x),
hij (xh ) = ij (x),
x ,
(3.43)
where Cijkl , Pkij and ij are independent of the size of the cross section and satisfy
Hypothesis 1.
h
Combining (3.28) with the notations (3.36)-(3.38) we have for all v h V0,w
, h h0 and
49
xh = h (x), x :
e (v(h))(x) = h2 eh (v h )(xh ),
e3 (v(h))(x) = heh3 (v h )(xh ),
e (v(h))(x) = eh (v h )(xh ),
33
33
E ((h))(x) = ((h))(x) = hh h (xh ) = hEh ( h )(xh ),
E ((h))(x) = ((h))(x) = h h (xh ) = E h ( h )(xh ).

3
3
3
3
(3.44)
(3.45)
Using the scalings defined previously for the displacement vector and for the electric
potential together with the above assumptions, we can reformulate the variational problem
(3.11)-(3.13) into another variational problem posed in the domain independent of h.
We have the following result:
Proposition 2 The scaled pair (u(h), (h)) is the unique solution of the following problem
(u(h), (h)) X 2,w = V0,w 2 ,
h4 a4 ((u(h), (h)), (v, )) + h2 a2 ((u(h), (h)), (v, ))
+a0 ((u(h), (h)), (v, )) = l(v, ), for all (v, ) X 0,w = V0,w 0 ,
(3.46)
where the bilinear forms a4 (, ), a2 (, ) and a0 (, ) are defined by

a4 ((u, ), (v, )) =
C e (u)e (v) dx,
(3.47)
a2 ((u, ), (v, )) =
C33 (e33 (u)e (v) + e (u)e33 (v)) dx
+ 4 C33 e3 (u)e3 (v) dx + E ()E () dx
Z
P3 [E3 ()e (v) e (u)E3 ()] dx
2
a0 ((u, ), (v, )) =
C3333 e33 (u)e33 (v) dx +
P3 [E ()e3 (v) e3 (u)E ()] dx,
(3.48)
33 E3 ()E3 ()dx
P333 [E3 ()e33 (v) e33 (u)E3 ()] dx,
(3.49)
50
and the linear form reads

l(v, ) =
fi vi dx +
gi vi d +
pi vi d.
(3.50)
The existence and uniqueness of solution of the problem (3.46)-(3.50) is due to LaxMilgrams Lemma since both a and l are X 0,w -continuous and a is X 0,w -elliptic as the
reader can easily check having in mind properties (3.22), conditions (Hc21 )-(Hc22 ) and
(2.39)-(2.40) for C, P , , and that 0 < h 1.
Remark 6 We note that the restrictions (3.4) about the material coefficients Cijkl, Pkij
and ij allow us to avoid the odd powers for h in (3.46). This is a fundamental fact because
it eliminates some coupled effects in the beam and is the basis to order to complete the
following asymptotic analysis. This analysis would be far more complicated if (3.4) was
not satisfied.
Next we write problem (3.46)-(3.50) in an equivalent form that exhibits the following
scaled principle of virtual work and scaled constitutive law.
Proposition 3 Problem (3.46)-(3.50) is formally equivalent to
(u(h), (h)) X 2,w = V0,w 2 ,
Z
Z
Z
Z
ij (h)eij (v) dx + Dk (h)Ek () dx = fi vi dx +
pi vi d,
gi vi d
(3.51)
(v, ) X 0,w = V0,w 0 ,
where the scaled stress tensor (h) = (ij (h)) and the scaled electrical displacement
D(h) = (Dk (h)) are related to (u(h), (h)) by the following scaled constitutive piezoelectric law (compatible with (3.39), (3.44) and (3.45))
(h) := h4 C e (u(h)) + h2 C33 e33 (u(h)) h2 P3 E3 ((h)),
3 (h) := 2h2 C33 e3 (u(h)) h2 P3 E ((h)),
33 (h) := h2 C33 e (u(h)) + C3333 e33 (u(h)) P333 E3 ((h)),
D (h) := 2h2 P3 e3 (u(h)) + h2 E ((h)),
D3 (h) := h2 P3 e (u(h)) + P333 e33 (u(h)) + 33 E3 ((h)).
(3.52)

3.2.0.3
51
The scaled mixed formulation
The following mixed formulation of scaled problem is immediately obtained from (3.38)(3.39), (3.44) and (3.51).
The scaled unknown (((h), D(h)) , (u(h), (h))) satisfies the following variational
problem: Find (((h), D(h)) , (u(h), (h))) X 1 X 2,w such that
aH,0 (((h), D(h)), ( , d)) + h2 aH,2 (((h), D(h)), ( , d))
+h4 aH,4 (((h), D(h)), ( , d)) + bH (( , d), (u(h), (h))) = 0,
for all ( , d) X ,
1
bH (((h), D(h)), (v, )) = lH (v, ),
for all (v, ) X ,

0,w
(3.53)
(3.54)
where bH (, ) : X 1 X 0,w R and aH,i (, ) : X 1 X 1 R are the following bilinear

form
Z
Z
bH (( , d), (v, )) = ij eij (v) dx
dk Ek ()dx,
(3.55)
( , d)) =
aH,4 ((
, d),
C dx,
(3.56)
( , d)) =
aH,2 ((
, d),

C33 33 + P3 d3 dx +
+2
+
( , d)) =
aH,0 ((
, d),
+
P3 d3 dx
2P3 3 + d d dx
(3.57)

C3333 33 + P333 d3 33 dx

P333 33 + 33 d3 d3 dx,
and the linear form lH () : X0,w R read

lH (v, ) =
C33 33 dx

2C33 3 + P3 d 3 dx
fi vi dx
dN
gi vi d
(3.58)
pi vi d.
(3.59)
The pair (((h), D(h)) , (u(h), (h))) can also characterized as the unique solution of this
problem thanks to the Babuska-Brezzi condition.
52
3.3
Convergence of the scaled unknowns as h 0.
3.3.1
Weak convergence
In this section we prove that the family (u(h), (h))h>0 weakly converge to (u, ) in
[H 1 ()]3 H 1 (), as h 0, and identify the limit variational problem solved by
(u, ). We follow the method introduced by Trabucho & Via
no [1996].
Then the following weak convergence are guaranteed.
Proposition 4 There exists C > 0, independent of h, such that for all 0 < h 1 the
solution (((h), D(h)), (u(h), (h))) of problem (3.53)-(3.59) verifies
|33 (h)|0, C,
h |3 (h)|0, C,
h |D (h)|0, C,
|D3 (h)|0, C,
k(u(h), (h))k
0,w
C,
k(u(h), (h))kX
h2 | (h)|0, C,
(3.60)
(3.61)
2,w
C.
(3.62)
Proof. Let S(h) [L2 ()]9s and T (h) [L2 ()]3 be the following elements:
S33 (h) = 33 (h),
T (h) = hD (h),
S3 (h) = h3 (h),
S (h) = h2 (h),
T3 (h) = D3 (h).
We have
aT ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h))) := aH,0 ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h)))
+ aH,2 ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h))) + aH,4 ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h)))
= aH,0 (((h), D(h)), ((h), d(h))) + h2 aH,2 (((h), D(h)), ((h), D(h)))
+ h4 aH,4 (((h), D(h)), ((h), D(h))) .
Hence letting ( , d) = ((h), D(h)) in equation (3.53) we obtain
Z
aT ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h))) = [C3333 S33 (h)S33 (h) + 33 T3 (h)T3 (h)]dx
Z
+ 2 [C33 S (h)S33 (h) + 4C33 S3 (h)S3 (h)]dx
Z
Z
+ T (h)T (h)dx + C S (h)S (h)dx
= bH (((h), D(h)), (u(h), (h)))
(3.63)
(3.64)
3.3. Convergence of the scaled unknowns as h 0.
53
and from (v, ) = (u(h), (h))
X0,w in equation (3.54) with (v, ) = (u(h), (h))
X0,w (note that (h)
= (h) )
one has
aT ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h))) =

fi ui(h)dx +
Z
Z
+
pi ui (h)d + D3 (h)E3 ()dx.
gi ui(h)d
(3.65)
Using properties (2.66) for Cijkl , ij , we have

aT ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h))) Ck(S(h), T (h))k20, = Ck(S(h), T (h))k2X1 ,
(3.66)
on the one hand. On the other hand, from (3.65), we deduce that
aT ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h)))
C (kf k0, + kgk0,N + kpk0,L ) ku(h)k1, + Ckk
1,(0,L) kD3 (h)k0,
C ku(h)k1, + CkT3 (h)k0, C k(u(h), (h))k
X0,w + Ck(S(h), T (h))kX1 .

Combining (3.66) with (3.67), and using the inequality 2ab
a2
m
(3.67)
+ mb2 , m > 0, we deduce
the existence of the constants C such that
k(S(h), T (h))k2X1 C k(u(h), (h))k
X0,w + C.
(3.68)
On the other hand, taking ( , d) = e(h), E(h)

X 1 in equation (3.53) we have

bH (e(h), E(h)),
(u(h), (h))
= bH (e(h), E(h)),
(u(h), (h) (h))

= aH,0 ((h), D(h)), (e(h), E(h))

+ h2 aH,2 ((h), D(h)), (e(h), E(h))

+ h4 aH,4 ((h), D(h)), (e(h), E(h))

+ bH (e(h), E(h)),
(0, (h))
,
(3.69)
and taking into account the fact that 0 < h 1 we guarantee the existence of a positive
constant C satisfying
| bH ((e(h), E(h)),
(u(h), (h)))|
C k(S(h), T (h))kX1 k(e(h), E(h))k

X1 + Ck(e(h), E(h))kX1

C k(S(h), T (h))kX1 + C k(u(h), (h))k
X 0,w .
(3.70)
Expliciting in (3.70) the bilinear form b(, ) and using the inequalities of Korn and
54
Poincare we have
bH ((e(h), E(h)),
(u(h),(h)))
eij (u(h))eij (u(h)) dx +
Ek ((h))E
dx
k ((h))
2
= ke(u(h))k20, + k(h))k
0,
Cku(h)k1, + Ck(h))k
1, Ck(u(h), (h))k
X0,w .
(3.71)
From (3.70) and (3.71) we deduce

k(u(h), (h))k
X 0,w C k(S(h), T (h))kX 1 + C.
(3.72)
Combining (3.71) and (3.72) we obtain that

k(S(h), T (h))kX1 C,
k(u(h), (h))k
X0,w C.
(3.73)
Finally, we have:
k(u(h), (h))kX2,w = k(u(h), (h))
+ (0, (h))k
X2,w
Ck(u(h), (h))k
H 1 (0,L) .
X0,w + Ckk
(3.74)
Corollary 2 There exists a subsequence, still parameterized by h, and there exist u

9
3
V0,w , [L2 ()]s , L2 () and D [L2 ()] , such that the following weak convergence
hold when h tends to zero:
33 (h) 33 ,
h3 (h) 3 ,
hD (h) D ,
h2 (h) ,
D3 (h) D3 ,
u(h) u,
in L2 ()
(3.75)
in L2 ()
(3.76)
in V0,w (),
(3.77)
(h) ,
in 2 (),
(3.78)
(h)
= ,
in 0 ().
(3.79)
Moreover, the limits , D, u and satisfy the following properties:

e33 (u) = C33 + C3333 33 + P333 D3 ,
(3.80)
e3 (u) = e (u) = 0,
(3.81)
55
E3 () = P3 P333 33 + 33 D3 ,
(3.82)
E () = 0,
(3.83)
C + C33 33 + P3 D3 = 0,
(3.84)
2C33 3 + P3 D = 0,
(3.85)
D 2P3 3 = 0.
Z
e (v)d = 0, v = (v1 , v2 , 0) V0,w (),
Z
Z
d = x d = 0,
Z
D3 E3 ()d = 0, H01 (0, L),
(3.86)
(3.87)
(3.88)
(3.89)
Proof. We immediately see from the previous theorem, the existence of a subsequence,
still indexed by h, and there exists an element denoted by (, D, u, ) such that convergences (3.75)-(3.79) hold. Passing equation (3.53) to the limit as h goes to zero, we obtain
the relations (3.80)-(3.83) in L2 (). To derive (3.84) we take 33 = d3 = 0 in the first
equation of the mixed problem (3.53), multiplying by h2 and passing to the limit taking
into account that e3 (u) = e (u) = E () = 0. Now, we choose 33 = = d3 = 0
in (3.53). Multiplying by h1 and passing to the limit we deduce (3.85) and (3.86). To
prove (3.87) we multiply equation (3.51) by h2 and pass to the limit as h goes to zero.
Choosing appropriate test functions vi V0,w in (3.87) we obtain immediately (3.88) (see
Trabucho & Via
no [1996]). The properties (3.89) are obtained from (3.51) choosing v = 0
and passing to the limit for appropriate 0 .
From (3.81) we have that the limit displacement u is a Bernoulli-Navier displacement,

i.e.:
VBN () = {u V0,w : e (u) = e3 (u) = 0} .
(3.90)
In Trabucho & Via

no [1996] this space was characterized by the following equivalent
definition:

VBN : = VBN () = v = (vi ) : v (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ) V02 (0, L),

v3 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 3 (x3 ) x (x3 ), 3 V01 (0, L) ,
(3.91)
56
where

V01 (0, L) = H 1 (0, L) : (0) = 0 ,
(3.92)

V02 (0, L) = H 2 (0, L) : (0) = (0) = 0 .
(3.93)
Consequently, we have
u(x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ),
V02 (0, L),
u (x , x , x ) = (x ) x (x ), V 1 (0, L).
3 1
2
3
3 3
3
3
0
(3.94)
Now, we define 3 to be the space of the electric potential satisfying the condition
(3.83), i.e.,

3 := 3 () = H 1 () : E () = 0 .
(3.95)
From (3.83) we deduce that only depends on variable x3 , that is,

(x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z3 (x3 ),
z3 H 1(0, L).
(3.96)
By other hand, = on 0 L = eD , which give us (see (3.42))

z3 (0) = (x1 , x2 , 0) = (0)
= 01,0 , (x1 , x2 ) ,
(3.97)
z3 (L) = (x1 , x2 , L) = (L)
= 1,L
0 , (x1 , x2 ) .
(3.98)
1,0
and 1,L
constants.
0
0
(3.99)
with
In this case, has the following from

(x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z3 (x3 ),
z3 H 1 (0, L),
z3 (0) = 01,0 ,
z3 (L) = 1,L
0 .
(3.100)
Obviously, it is possible to give an equivalent definition of 3 as follows

3 = + 30 () = + H 1 () : (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z3 (x3 ), z3 H01 (0, L) ,

= (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z3 (x3 ), z3 H 1 (0, L) : 30 .
(3.101)
57
Consequently, we have
+ 30 ()
(3.102)
(x
1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x1 , x2 , x3 ) (x
3 ) = z3 (x3 )
E3 () = 3 = z3 ,
1
1
(L x3 )1,0
x3 1,L
0
0 ,
L
L
(3.103)
(3.104)
E3 ()
= 3 = z3 +
1 1,L
(0 1,0
0 ).
L
(3.105)
Theorem 3 Let us that the beam is made of a class 2 piezoelectric material whose coeffi
cients Ac33 Ac and 133 P3 Ac33 P333 Ac do not depend on x . The limit (u, ) is the
solution of the following problem:
Z

Ac33 33 e33 (u) P333 E3 () e33 (v)dx
Z

+ Ac33 P333 e33 (u) + C3333 E3 () E3 ()dx
Z
Z
Z
=
fi vi dx +
gi vi d +
pi vi d,
(3.106)
(v, ) VBN 30
where
Ac33 =
1
.
33 C3333 + P333 P333
Proof. Taking now v VBN () and 30 () in second equation of the mixed problem
(3.53) we obtain
Z
33 (h) e33 (v)dx +
D3 (h) E3 ()dx =
fi vi dx +
and passing to the limit when h 0, we get

Z
33 e33 (v)dx +
D3 E3 ()dx =
fi vi dx +
gi vi d +
N
gi vi dd +
pi vi d,
L
pi vi d,
(3.107)
for all (v, ) VBN 30 . Using (3.80) and (3.82), one has

33 = Ac33 33 e33 (u) P333 E3 () Ac ,
D3 = Ac33 P333 e33 (u) + Ac33 C3333 E3 ()
Ac33 =
1
,
33 C3333 + P333 P333

1
P3 Ac33 P333 Ac ,
33
Ac = 33 C33 + P333 P3 .
(3.108)
(3.109)
(3.110)
58

Putting these expressions into (3.107) we obtain
Z
Ac33 (
33 e33 (u) P333 E3 ())e33 (v)dx

Z L Z
Z
c
c
A33 A d 3 dx3 +
0
+
+
=
fi vi dx +
L
0
Z
Ac33 Ac
x d dx3
Ac33 (P333 e33 (u) + C3333 E3 ())E3 ()

Z

1
c
c
P3 A33 P333 A d q3 dx3
33

Z
gi vi d +
pi vi d,
Z L
Then, if we use conditions (3.88) and the fact that the coefficients are independent of x ,
we get (3.106).
Corollary 3 Any function (u, ) solves (3.106) if and only if it has the form
u (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ),
u3 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 3 (x3 ) x (x3 ),
(x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z3 (x3 ),
(3.111)
(3.112)
with V02 (0, L), 3 V01 (0, L) and z3 H 1 (0, L), z3 (0) = 01,0 , z3 (L) = 1,L
0 , and i
and z3 solving the following variational problem (no sum on ):
Z
Z L Z
Z
L
I A33 33 dx3 =
( f d +
g d) dx3
0
0
Z L Z
Z
Z
( x f3 d +
x g3 d)dx3 + ( p d)(L)
( x p3 d) (L),
for all V02 (0, L)
Z L
A()Ac33 [(
33 3 + P333 z3 )3 (P333 3 C3333 z3 )q3 ]dx3
Z Z
Z
Z
L
=
( f3 d +
g3 d)3dx3 + ( p3 d)3(L),
3 V01 (0, L), q3 H01 (0, L).
(3.113)
(3.114)
We remark that the limit model, expressed by equations (3.113) and (3.114), is now
written over (0, L) as was considered initially. We note that the flexion model (3.113) is
3.4. The method of formal asymptotic expansions
59
independent of the electric potential, and therefore can be compared with the classical
bending model for an elastic beam. By other hand, the axial displacement is coupled with
electrical potential as can be see in variational problem (3.114).
Our study could stop at this stage, however we intend to prove, in the next section, the
strong convergence and, for that, we need to obtain additional information about limits
mentioned in Corollary 2, using the asymptotic expansions method.
3.4
The method of formal asymptotic expansions:

the displacement - electric potential approach
In order to complete this study, and be able to establish the strong convergence of sequence
(u(h), (h))h>0 , we next assume that the solution of the problem (3.46)-(3.50) can be
expressed in the form
(u(h), (h)) = (u0 , 0 ) + h2 (u2 , 2 ) + h.o.t.,
(3.115)
where

u0 , 0 V0,w 0 , (up , p ) V0,w 0 , p 1,
(3.116)
and the successive coefficients of the powers of h are independent of h. We note that only
the leading term is required to satisfy the electric boundary condition found in definition
of the space V0,w 0 .
The assumption (3.115) induces the following expansion (see (3.52))

((h), D(h)) := h4 ( 4 , D2 ) + h2 ( 4 , D2 ) + ( 0 , D0 ) + ,
(3.117)
where the tensor fields ( q , D q ), q 4, are independent of h.
Applying the displacements - electric potential approach to the scaled principle of
virtual work (3.51)-(3.52), we try to characterize the terms u0 , u2 and 0 in the formal
expansions in order to compute (u0 , 0 ).
3.4.0.1
Cancelation of the factors of hq , 4 q 0, in the scaled threedimensional problem.
In this section we show that the factors of hq , 4 q 0 disappear, and therefore the
formal expansions (3.117) do not contain any negative terms. For the sake of clarity, the
proof is divided in five parts.
60

From (3.115)-(3.117) and (3.52) we have
4
2
0
(h) = h4
+ h2
+
+ h.o.t..,
2
0
3 (h) = h2 3
+ 3
+ h.o.t.,
2
0
33 (h) = h2 33
+ 3
+ h.o.t.,
D (h) = h2 D2 + D0 + h.o.t.,
D3 (h) = h2 D32 + D30 + h.o.t.,
with
4
= C e (u0 ),
(3.118)
= C e (u2 ) + C33 e33 (u0 ) P3 E3 (0 ),
(3.119)
= C e (u4 ) + C33 e33 (u2 ) P3 E3 (2 ),
(3.120)
2p
= C e (u2p+4 ) + C33 e33 (u2p+2 ) P3 E3 (2p+2 ),
p 1,
(3.121)
2
3
= 2C33 e3 (u0 ) P3 E (0 ),
(3.122)
0
3
= 2C33 e3 (u2 ) P3 E (2 ),
(3.123)
2p
3
= 2C33 e3 (u2p+2 ) P3 E (2p+2 ), p 1,
(3.124)
2
33
= C33 e (u0 ),
(3.125)
0
33
= C33 e (u2 ) + C3333 e33 (u0 ) P333 E3 (0 ),
(3.126)
2p
33
= C33 e (u2p+2 ) + C3333 e33 (u2p ) P333 E3 (2p ), p 1,
(3.127)
D32 = P3 e (u0 ),
(3.128)
D30 = P3 e (u2 ) + P333 e33 (u0 ) + 33 E3 (0 ),
(3.129)
D32p = P3 e (up+2) + P333 e33 (u2p ) + 33 E3 (2p ),
p 1,
(3.130)
D2 = 2P3 e3 (u0 ) + E (0 ),
(3.131)
D0 = 2P3 e3 (u2 ) + E (2 )
(3.132)
D2p = 2P3 e3 (u2p ) + E (2p ),
p 1,
(3.133)
61
From (3.51) we have

4
e (v) dx
+
=
Z
+h
ij0 eij (v) dx +
fi vi dx +
Z
gi vi d +
ij2 eij (v) dx
Dk2 Ek () dx

0
Dk Ek () dx + h.o.t.
(3.134)
(v, ) V0,w 0 .
pi vi d,
L
It follows that
Z
Z
4
e (v) dx =
C e (u0 )e (v) dx,
for all v V0,w .
(3.135)
Taking v = u0 , we deduce from the coerciveness of C, that

e (u0 ) = 0,
(3.136)
2
4
= 33
= D32 = 0.
(3.137)
and therefore
Consequently, equation (3.134) becomes, from (3.136) and (3.137),

2
2
3
e3 (v) dx
2
e (v) dx
D2 E () dx = 0,
for all (v, ) V0,w 0 .
(3.138)
(3.139)
Putting v = u0 V0,w and = 0 0 in (3.139) and combining the resulting

equation with the constitutive laws (3.122) and (3.131), we deduce
2

2C33 e3 (u0 ) P3 E (0 ) e3 (u0 ) dx
+

dx = 0.
2P3 e3 (u0 ) + E (0 ) E (0 )
Since
(x
3) =
(3.140)
1
1
(L x3 )1,0
x3 1,L
0 +
0 ,
L
L
1,L
with 1,0
constants, then the previous equation becomes
0 and 0
C33 e3 (u )e3 (u ) dx +
E (0 )E (0 ) dx = 0.
(3.141)
62
From the coerciveness of C and we obtain

e3 (u0 ) = 0,
(3.142)
0 = 0.
(3.143)
Consequently, we deduce
2
3
= D2 = 0,
(3.144)
and equation (3.139) becomes:

Z
e (v) dx = 0,
for all v V0,w ,
(3.145)
with
2
= C e (u2 ) + C33 e33 (u0 ) P3 E3 (0 ).
(3.146)
Condition (3.116) will allow us to prove that it is not possible to obtain a solution u2 of
(3.145) in the space V0 except for some particular cases. This fact is at the origin of a
boundary layer phenomenon as seen in Trabucho & Via
no [1996], Irago [1999] and Irago
& Via
no [2002].
V0,w such that
Next, we prove that there exists u
+ C33 e33 (u0 ) P3 E3 (0 ) = 0.
C e (u)
(3.147)
Then, from (3.119) we obtain

2
u0 ),
= C e (u
(3.148)
and therefore, from (3.145),

Z

e ) e (v) dx = 0.
C e (u2 u
e we conclude that e (u2 u

e ) = 0, and finally, from (3.148):
Taking u = u2 u
2
= 0.
(3.149)
(3.150)
We remark that from (3.119) and (3.150) we deduce that u2 is also solution of equation
2
(3.147). In other words,
= 0 if and only if the following problem has at least one
63
solution in V0,w :
= C33 e33 (u0 ) + P3 E3 (0 ),
C e (u)
(3.151)
that is,
C1111 2C1112 C1122
e11 (u2 )
C1133 e33 (u0 ) + P311 E3 (0 )
C1133 e33 (u0 ) + P311 E3 (0 )
(3.152)
(3.153)
2 =
0
0 .
C1211 2C1212 C1222 e12 (u ) C1233 e33 (u ) + P312 E3 ( )
2
0
0
C2211 2C2212 C2222
e22 (u )
C2233 e33 (u ) + P322 E3 ( )
By a simple inversion of the matrix we have
e11 (u2 )
e12 (u2 )
e22 (u2 )
where
C1111 C1112 C1122

= C1211 C1212 C1222

C2211 C2212 C2222
C1111 C1112 C1122

C1211 C1212 C1222
C2211 C2212 C2222
In this way, we have established that
C1233 e33 (u0 ) + P312 E3 (0 )
C2233 e33 (u0 ) + P322 E3 (0 )
C1111 2C1112 C1122

= C1211 2C1212 C1222

C2211 2C2212 C2222

e (u2 ) = C P3 E3 (0 ) C33 e33 (u0 )

+ C12 P312 E3 (0 ) C1233 e33 (u0 ) .
(3.154)
(3.155)
From (3.136) and (3.142) we have that u0 is a Bernoulli-Navier displacement, i.e., u0

VBN () (see (3.90) and (3.91)). Then, there exist functions and 3 depending only on
variable x3 such that:
u (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ),
V02 (0, L),
(3.156)
u (x , x , x ) = (x ) x (x ), V 1 (0, L).
3 1
2
3
3 3
3
3
0
By consequence:
e33 (u0 ) = 3 x .
(3.157)
64
On the other hand, from (3.143) we deduce that 0 depends only on variable x3 , that is,
0 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z3 (x3 ),
z3 H 1 (0, L).
(3.158)
Since 0 = on eD = 0 L , then (cf. (3.99))

z3 (0) = (x1 , x2 , 0) = (0)
= 1,0
0 ,
z3 (L) = (x1 , x2 , L) = (x
1 , x2 , L) = 1,L
0 . (3.159)
Consequently, 0 has the following form:

0 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z3 (x3 ),
z3 H 1 (0, L),
z3 (0) = 01,0 , z3 (L) = 1,L

0 ,
(3.160)
and
0 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 0 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) (x
3 ) = z3 (x3 )
E3 () = 3 = z3 ,
E3 ()
= 3 = z3 +
1
1
(L x3 )1,0
x3 1,L
0
0 ,
L
L
(3.161)
(3.162)
1 1,L
( 1,0
0 ).
L 0
(3.163)
Then, expression (3.155) becomes

e (u2 ) = C P3 z3 C33 (3 x )

+ C12 P312 z3 C1233 (3 x )
(3.164)
In order to characterize the transverse components of u2 , we begin by introducing the

following constants and functions characterizing the geometry of the cross section .
(a) The constants I are given by
I =
x2 d.
(b) For each (x1 , x2 ) we define the components of the matrices

1 , x2 ) = (
)(x1 , x2 ), z(x1 , x2 ) = (z )(x1 , x2 )
(x1 , x2 ) = ( )(x1 , x2 ), (x
as follows
1 = x1 (C11 C33 + C1112 C1233 ) + x2 (C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 ),
2 = x1 (C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 ) + x2 (C22 C33 + C2212 C1233 ),
65
1 = x1 (C22 P3 + C2212 P312 ) + x2 (C12 P3 + C1212 P312 ),
2 = x2 (C22 P3 + C2212 P312 ) + x1 (C12 P3 + C1212 P312 ),
z11 =
x2
x21
(C11 C33 + C1112 C1233 ) 2 (C22 P3 + C2212 P312 ),
2
2
z12 = 2x1 x2 (C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 ) + x1 x2 (C11 C33 + C1112 C1233 ),
z21 = 2x1 x2 (C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 ) + x1 x2 (C22 C33 + C2212 C1233 ),
z22 =
x22
x2
(C22 C33 + C2212 C1233 ) 1 (C11 P3 + C1112 P312 ).
2
2
(c) Constants X , Y , Z and L are defined by

Z
X =
z d,
Z
Z=
d,
Y =
z d,
Z
d.
L=
Theorem 4 Let u0 VBN and 0 + 03 be given by (3.156) and (3.160), respectively,

and if H 3 (0, L) and 3 , z3 H 2 (0, L), then every element u2 W2 is of the form
z ,
u
e = s + s + z 3
3
(3.165)
where s, s H 1 (0, L) are such that
1
X (0) ,
A()

1
s(0) =
Y (0) Z3 (0) Lz3 (0) .
I1 + I2
s (0) =
(3.166)
Proof. From (3.147) and (3.155) we have

1 u21 = z3 (C11 P3 + C1112 P312 ) (3 x )(C11 C33 + C1112 C1233 )
2 u22 = z3 (C22 P3 + C2212 P312 ) (3 x )(C22 C33 + C2212 C1233 ),
1 u22 + 2 u21 = 2z3 (C12 P3 + C1212 P312 ) 2(3 x )(C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 ).
66
A direct integration of the first two equations gives

u
e1 = k1 (x2 , x3 ) (x1 3
x21
2 1
x1 x2 2 )(C11 C33 + C1112 C1233 )
z3 x1 (C22 P3 + C2212 P312 ),
u
e2 = k2 (x1 , x3 ) (x2 3 x1 x2 1
x22
)(C22 C33
2 2
+ C2212 C1233 )
(3.167)
z3 x2 (C22 P3 + C2212 P312 ).
Substituting these expressions in the third equation, we show that there exists a function
s, depending only on x3 , such that
2 k1 (x2 , x3 ) = s x2 1 (C22 P3 + C2212 P312 ) + 2x1 2 (C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 )
z3 (C12 P3 + C1212 P312 ) 3 (C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 ),
1 k2 (x1 , x3 ) = s x1 2 (C11 P3 + C1112 P312 ) + 2x2 1 (C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 )
z3 (C12 P3 + C1212 P312 ) 3 (C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 ).
Thus,
h
i
u
e1 = s1 + sx2 x1 (C22 P3 + C2212 P312 ) + x2 (C12 P3 + C1212 P312 ) z3
2

2
x1
x
2
+
(C11 C33 + C1112 C1233 ) (C22 P3 + C2212 P312 ) 1
2
2
h
i
+ 2x1 x2 (C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 ) + x1 x2 (C11 C33 + C1112 C1233 ) 2

h
i
x1 (C11 C33 + C1112 C1233 ) + x2 (C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 ) 3 ,
h
i
u
e2 = s2 sx1 x2 (C22 P3 + C2212 P312 ) + x1 (C12 P3 + C1212 P312 ) z3
h
i
+ 2x1 x2 (C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 ) + x1 x2 (C22 C33 + C2212 C1233 ) 1
2

x2
x21
+
(C22 C33 + C2212 C1233 ) (C11 P3 + C1112 P312 ) 2
2
2
h
i
x1 (C12 C33 + C1212 C1233 ) + x2 (C22 C33 + C2212 C1233 ) 3 .
Therefore, the component u

e is given by the following expression
z .
u
e = s + s + z 3
3

R
Let u
e L2 (). Then
u
e d,

u2

with (3.165) lead to s , s L2 (0, L).
67
d, , 3 , z3 L2 (0, L) and (3.29) together
Since we must have u2 W2 (), we deduce that

Z
u2 d V01 (0, L),

x2 u21 x1 u22 d V01 (0, L)
from which we obtain, after substituting (3.165),

A()s + X V01 (0, L),
(I1 + I2 ) s + Y Z3 Lz3 V01 (0, L),
and consequently
H 3 (0, L),
3 , z3 H 2 (0, L).
On the other hand, using the weakly clamping condition

Z
u2 d

x2 u21 x1 u22 d = 0,
we have s, s H 1 (0, L) verify

s (0) =
1
X (0) ,
A()
s(0) =

1
Y (0) Z3 (0) Lz3 (0) .
I1 + I2
2
Corollary 4 (u2 ) W2 are of the form (3.165) and consequently
= 0 if and only if
u0 VBN is such that H 3(0, L), 3 , z3 H 2 (0, L).

3.4.0.2
Identification of a one-dimensional variational problem satisfied by

the leading term (u0 , 0 )
2
The analysis of Section 3.4.0.1 culminated in Corollary 4, where it was shown that
= 0,
and consequently the variational problem (3.134) can be written as follows
ij0 eij (v) dx
fi vi dx +
Dk0 Ek () dx + h.o.t.
gi vi d +
pi vi d,
L
(v, ) V0,w 0 .
(3.168)
68
Letting (v, ) VBN 30 in the variational equations of problem (3.168) shows that
Z
0
33
e33 (v) dx
D30 E3 () dx
fi vi dx +
gi vi d +
pi vi d
(3.169)
where
0
33
= C33 e (u2 ) + C3333 e33 (u0 ) P333 E3 (0 ),
D30 = P3 e (u2 ) + P333 e33 (u0 ) + 33 E3 (0 ).

0
We have established that e (u2 ), found in the expressions for 33
and D30 , is in fact known
function of u0 and 0 , and therefore the unknowns of the previous variational problem
are u0 VBN and 0 + 30 .
Theorem 5 We suppose that the applied forces are such that

f L2 (),
g L2 (N )
f3 H 1 [L2 ()],
g3 H 1 [L2 (N )],
pi L2 (L ) L2 (),
(3.170)
then, in the displacement-electric-potential approach, the leading term (u0 , 0 ) of the formal expansion of the scaled displacement and electric potential (u(h), (h)) solves the
following problem
u0 VBN = {v : e (v) = e3 (v) = 0}
(3.171)

0 + 30 = + H 1 () : (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z(x3 ), z3 H01 (0, L)
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
0
0
33 e33 (v) dx + D3 E3 ()dx =
fi vi dx +
gi vi d +
pi vi d
for all v VBN , 30 ,
(3.172)
(3.173)
(3.174)
0
where 33
and D30 are given by
0
33
= C33
e33 (u0 ) P3 E3 (0 ),
D30 = P3 e33 (u0 ) + 3 E3 (0 ),

and the new constants read
C33
= C3333 C33 [C C33 + C12 C1233 ],
(3.175)
69
P3 = P333 C33 [C P3 + C12 P312 ] = P333 + P3 [C P3 + C12 P312 ],

3 = 33 + P3 [C C33 + C12 C1233 ],
where C33
and 3 are positive and bounded.
Any function (u0 , 0 ) solves this problem if and only if it has the form
u0 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ),
u03 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 3 (x3 ) x (x3 ),
0 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z3 (x3 ),
(3.176)
(3.177)
with V02 (0, L), 3 V01 (0, L) and z3 H 1 (0, L), z3 (0) = 01,0 , z3 (L) = 1,L
0 , and i
and z3 solving the following variational problem (no sum on ):
Z L
Z L Z
Z
I C33 dx3 =
( f d +
g d) dx3
0
0
Z L Z
Z
Z
( x f3 d +
x g3 d)dx3 + ( p d)(L)
( x p3 d) (L),
for all V02 (0, L)
Z L
A()[(C33
3 + P3z3 )3 (P3 3 3 z3 )q3 ]dx3
Z Z
Z
Z
L
=
( f3 d +
g3 d)3dx3 + (
3 V01 (0, L) q3 H01 (0, L),
p3 d)3(L),
(3.178)
(3.179)
where the zeroth order bending moment and axial force components are given by
n3 =
m =
d3 =
0

33
d = A() (C33
3 + P3 z3 ) ,
0

x 33
d = I C33
,
D30 d = A() (P3 3 3 z3 ) .
(no sum on )
Proof. Let functions v = (vi ) VBN and = 0 30 in problem (3.173) be of the

particular form
v = (0, 0, 3(x3 )),
3 V01 (0, L).
70
We obtain
Z
0
33
3
dx =
f3 3 dx +
g3 3 d +
p3 3 d.
(3.180)
Next, let the function v = (vi ) VBN and 30 in problem (3.173) be of the particular
form
V02 (0, L),
v = (1 (x3 ), 2(x3 ), x (x3 )),
(3.181)
q3 H 1 (0, L),
= q3 (x3 ),
(3.182)
which gives
Z
0
x 33
dx
x f
dx
x D30 q3
dx =
f dx +
x g
g d +
p d
(3.183)
p x d,
(3.184)
or, equivalently, we have
m dx3
(
0
f d +
x f3 d +
g d) dx3
N
(3.185)
x g3 d) dx3
Z
Z
+( p d)(L) ( x p3 d) (L)
Z L
Z L
Z L Z
Z
Z
n3 3 dx3
d3 q3 dx3 =
( f3 d +
g3 d)dx3 + ( p3 d)3(L)
0
(3.186)
Conversely, if functions solve the variational problem (3.178))-(3.179), one sees that
(u0 , 0 ) VBN 30 , with u0 = , u03 = 3 x and 0 = z3 , solves problem (3.173).
We note that on the other hand, using regularity results for variational problem (3.178)
and (3.179) together with (3.170) guarantees the regularity to H 3 (0, L) and 3 , z3
H 2 (0, L).
Theorem 6 The limit problem (3.178)-(3.179) admits a unique solution in the space
2
[V02 (0, L)] V01 (0, L) ( + H 1 (0, L)). Moreover, it is equivalent to the following differ-
71
ential problems:
A()(C33
3 + P3 z3 ) = F3 ,
A()(3z3 P3 3 ) = 0,
in (0, L),
in (0, L),
(3.187)
3 (0) = 0, z3 (0) = 00 , z3 (L) = L0 ,
A() [C (L) + P z (L)] = F L ,

33 3
3 3
3
and (no sum on )
(4)
C33
I = F + M ,
(0) = 0, (0) = 0,
C I (L) = M L ,
33
in (0, L),
(3.188)
C33
I (L) = FL M (L),
where
I =
(x ) d,
M =
x f3 d +
FiL
pi d,
Fi =
Z
fi d +
gi d,
x g3 d,
N
ML
x p3 d.
Proof. Since C33

> 0, equation (3.178) has an unique solution V02 (0, L). In order
to prove the existence and uniqueness of the solution of (3.179), we write it problem as
follows
(3 , z3 ) V01 (0, L) ( + H 1 (0, L)),

!
!
Z L
Z L
C
P
33
3
3
A()
(3 , z3 )
dx3 =
(F3 + F3L , 0)
P3 3
q3
0
0
(3 , q3 ) V01 (0, L) H01 (0, L),
3
q3
(3.189)
dx3 ,
(3.190)
(3.191)
The bilinear form is !

V01 (0, L) H01 (0, L)-elliptic, due to the positive definiteness of the
C33
P3
matrix
. By the Lax-Milgram Lemma, there exists a unique solution
P3 3
(3 , z3 ) V01 (0, L) ( + H 1 (0, L)) which satisfies the variational equations (3.187).
72
Remark 7 We remark that

P3 = Ac33 P333 ,
C33
= Ac33 33 ,
3 = Ac33 C3333 .
To prove this we use the algebraic software tools.

Corollary 5 The sequences (u(h))h>0 and ((h))h>0 weakly converge to the first term of
the asymptotic expansions u0 and 0 , respectively, i.e.,
3.4.1
u(h) u0 , in Vw,0,
(3.192)
(h) 0 , in L2 ().
(3.193)
Strong convergence
One of the objectives of this section is to analyze the strong convergence of the solution
(u(h), (h)) of the scaled problem (3.46)-(3.50) as h 0. A brief summary of results,
0
which will help us to prove the convergence, is showed here. The pair ((33
, D30 ), (u0 , 0 ))
solves
0
((33
, D30 ), (u0 , 0 )) [L2 ()]2 (VBN ( + 30 ))
Z
Z

0
0
0
C3333 33 + P333 D3 33 dx +
P333 33
+ 33 D30 d3 dx
Z
Z
=
33 e33 (u0 )dx + d3 E3 (0 )dx,
for all (33 , d3 ) [L2 ()]3 ,

Z
Z
Z
Z
0
0
33 e33 (v)dx + D3 E3 ()dx =
fi vi dx +
(3.194)
gi vi d +
pi vi d,
(3.195)
for all (v, ) VBN 30 .

Theorem 7 Let us that the beam is made of a class 2 piezoelectric material whose coef
ficients C33 C33
+ P3 P3 and C33 P3 P3 3 do not depend on x . For 0 < h < 1,
let (((h), D(h)), (u(h), (h))) X 1 X 2,w be the solution of (3.53)-(3.59), then the
following strong converges hold, when h 0 :

(u(h), (h)) (u0 , 0 )
X 2,w

0
33 (h) 33
0,
0,
|hD (h)|0, 0,
0,
|h3 (h)|0, 0,

D3 (h) D 0 0.
3 0,
(3.196)
2

h (h) 0,
0,
(3.197)
(3.198)
73
0 [L2 ()]3 be defined by

0 [L2 ()]9s and T (h), D
Proof. Let S(h),
0
T (h) = D(h) D
0,
S(h) = (h)
0
0
33
= 33
,
3
= 0,
= 0,
3 = D0,
D
3
= 0,
D
and
S(h)
= Sij ,
S33 = S33 ,

T (h) = Tij ,
S3 = hS3 ,
S = h2 S ,
T3 = T3 ,
T = hT .
Let
aT (S(h),
T (h)), (S(h),
T (h)) := aH,0 ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h)))
+ h2 aH,2 ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h))) + h4 aH,4 ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h))) ,
(3.199)

= S(h),
to be the left-side of the equation (3.53). Take (

, d)
T (h) into (3.53)-(3.59).
By coercivity argument, we infer that the following inequality holds for all h > 0
aT
n

0 2
S(h), T (h) , S(h), T (h) C |33 (h) 33

|0, + h2 |3 (h)|20,
4
+h
| (h)|20,
+h
|D (h)|20,
+ |D3 (h)
2
D30 |0,
(3.200)
Let us examine the behavior of the left-hand side of this inequality as h 0. First, a
simple computation based on variational equation (3.53) shows that
(h) = aT (S(h),
T (h)), (S(h),
T (h))
0 ), (u(h), (h)
0, D
= bH (((h), D(h)), (u(h), (h)
+ (h)))
+ bH ((
+ ))
0 ), (S(h), T (h))) h2 aH,2 ((

0 ), (S(h), T (h)))
0, D
0, D
aH,0 ((
0 ), (S(h), T (h))) = 1 (h) + 2 (h),
0, D
h4 aH,4 ((
where
1 (h) = bH (((h), D(h)), (u(h), (h)))
bH (((h), D(h)), (0, ))
), (u(h), (h))
), (0, )),
0, D
0, D
+ bH ((
+ bH ((
(3.201)
74
and
0 ), (S(h), T (h))) h2 aH,2 ((
0 ), (S(h), T (h)))
0, D
0, D
2 (h) = aH,0 ((
0 ), (S(h), T (h))).
0, D
h4 aH,4 ((
Using the variational equation in problem (3.54) and the definition (3.55), we have
1 (h) =
fi ui(h)dx +
gi ui(h)d +
0
33
e33 (u(h))dx
pi ui(h)d +
L
D30 E3 ((h))dx
D3 (h)E3 ()dx
D30 E3 ()dx,
and using the weak convergences established in Section 3.3.1 as h 0, we next have
1 (h) 1 =
fi ui dx +
0
33
e33 (u0 )dx
gi uid +
D3 E3 ()dx
pi ui d +
L
D30 E3 (0 )dx
D3 E3 ()dx
D30 E3 ()dx
D30 E3 ()dx
(3.202)
Applying expressions (3.56)-(3.58), the function 2 (h) can be written in following expansive way
0
), (S(h), T (h))) h2 aH,2 ((

), (S(h), T (h)))
0, D
0, D
2 (h) = aH,0 ((
0 ), (S(h), T (h)))
0, D
h4 aH,4 ((
0
C3333 33
+ P333 D30

0
33 (h) 33
dx
0
P333 33
+ 33 D30

D3 (h) D30 dx

0
C33 33
+ P3 D30 (h)dx,
which becomes, as h goes to zero,

2 =
0
C3333 33
+ P333 D30
0
P333 33
+ 33 D30

0
33 33
dx
D3
D30
dx

0
C33 33
+ P3 D30 dx.
75
Moreover, it is noted that

Z

0
C33 33
+ P3 D30 dx = 0
under assumptions (3.88) and (3.175). Furthermore, we are supposing that the test func0
tions appearing in (3.194) are of the form 33 = 33 33
and d3 = D3 D30 , then the
previous limit reads
2 =
=
(33
0
33
)e33 (u0 )dx
0
33 e33 (u )dx +
(D3 D30 )E3 (0 )dx

0
D3 E3 ( )dx
0
33
e33 (u0 )dx
D30 E3 (0 )dx,
where 0 = 0 + .
Choosing now v = u0 VBN and = 0 30 as test functions
in (3.107) and (3.195), we deduce

Z
33 e33 (u )dx +
and
Z
D3 E3 ( )dx
D30 E3 (0
0
33
e33 (u0 )dx
)dx
fi u0i dx
fi u0i dx
gi u0i d
gi u0i d
pi u0i d (3.203)
pi u0i d, (3.204)
respectively. Combining (3.203) with (3.204), we obtain

2 =
(D30 D3 )E3 ()dx.
We thus infer from these relations that the remaining terms the left-hand side of the
inequality (3.200) converge to zero, i.e.,
= 1 + 2 =
D3 E3 ()dx
D30 E3 ()dx
(D30 D3 )E3 ()dx
= 0.
We next show (3.196). First, we clearly have

bH (( , d), (u(h) u0 , (h) 0 ) = bH (( , d), (u(h), (h)))+bH ( , d), (u0 , 0 ) ,
= aH,0 (((h), D(h)), ( , d)) + h2 aH,2 (((h), D(h)), ( , d))
Z
Z
4
0
+ h aH,4 (((h), D(h)), ( , d))
33 e33 (u ) dx d3 E3 (0 ) dx,
(3.205)
76
we thus deduce from continuity of bilinear forms aH,i (, ) that

bH (( , d), u(h) u0 , (h) 0
2
0 2
|D3 (h) D30 |0, + |33 (h) 33

|0,
+h2 |D (h)|2 + h2 |3 (h)|2 + h4 | (h)|2

0,
0,
0,
(3.206)
1/2
k( , d)kX1 ,
(3.207)
where C is a positive constant; secondly, putting ( , d) = (e33 (u(h) u0 ), E3 ((h) 0 ))

into
|bH (( , d) , (u(h) u0 , (h) 0 ))|
k( , d)kX1
(,d)X1
2
0 2
|0, + h2 |D (h)|20,
|D3 (h) D30 |0, + |33 (h) 33
C
+h2 |3 (h)|20, + h4 | (h)|20,

u(h) u0 , (h) 0
X 2,w
2
0 2
|0, + h2 |D (h)|20,
|D3 (h) D30 |0, + |33 (h) 33
C
+h2 |3 (h)|20, + h4 | (h)|20,
sup
and applying Korns inequality and Poincares inequality, we find
(3.208)
when h 0. This way, we finished to prove that (u(h))h>0 and ((h))h>0 converge
strongly.
3.5
The limit model on the original domain; formulation as a boundary value problem
Since u0 , 0 , 0 and D0 are approximations of u(h), (h), (h) and D(h), respectively,
as h tends to zero, undoing the change of variables (3.28) and the scaling in the different
field, we get the fields

uh,0(xh ) = h1 u0 (x), u03 (x) ,

0
0
0
h,0(xh ) = h2
(x), h3
(x), 33
(x) ,
h,0(xh ) = 0 (x),

Dh,0 (xh ) = hD0 (x), D30 (x) ,
defined in h , can be considered approximations of uh , h , h and D h , solutions of

problem (2.37)-(2.38).
3.5. The limit model on the original domain
77
We can then enunciate the following result as an immediate consequence of Theorem

6.
h,0
Corollary 6 The approximations (uh,0 , h,0, 33
, D3h,0) are uniquely characterized as follows:
h
uh,0
= (x3 ),
h V02 (0, L),
h
h h
uh,0
3 = x 3 ,
h,0 = z3h ,
(3.209)
3h V01 (0, L),
(3.210)
z3h H 1 (0, L), z3h (0) = 00 , z3h (L) = L0 ,
h,0
h,0
= 3
= 0,
(3.212)

h,0
33
= C33
e33 (uh,0 ) P3 E3 h,0 ,
where
(3.213)

D3h,0 = P3 e33 (uh,0) + 3 E3 h,0 ,
h (xh3 ) = h1 (x3 ),
(3.211)
(3.214)
3h (xh3 ) = 3 (x3 ),
z3h (xh3 ) = z3 (x3 ),

and (h , z3h ) is the solution of the following boundary value problem (no sum on ):
(4)
C33
Ih h
= Fh + Mh
h (0) = 0,
h (0) = 0,

h
C33
Ih h (L) = ML ,
C I h h (L) = F L h M h (L),
33

i
h
A(
)
C
+
P
z
= F3h ,
33
3
3
3

i
= 0,
A( ) 3 z3 P3 3
in (0, L),
3h (0) = 0, z3h (0) = 00 , z3h (L) = L0 ,
h
i
A( h ) C h (L) + P z h (L) = F L h ,
33
3
3
3
3
(3.215)
in (0, L),
in (0, L),
(3.216)
78
where A( h ) is the area of the actual beam cross section and

I =
Mh
h
FiL
=
=
2
xh
Fih
d ,
xh f3h
d +
hhi
d ,
fih
d +
gih d h ,
xh g3h d h ,
h
ML
x hh3 d h .
The normal force and bending moments are given, respectively, by the expressions
h
q =
mh =
h,0
33
d h = C33
Ah ( h ) (3h) + P3 A( h ) (z3h ) ,
h,0
h
xh 33
d h = C33
I (h )
(no sum on ).
It is important to observe that the limit model is described by a system of three partial
differential equations, posed over the one-dimensional set (0, L), two of the fourth order
with respect to the unknowns h describing bending in an elastic beam, and two of the
second order with respect to the axial displacement 3h and electric potential z3h .
Now we shall examine the particular case of a transversely isotropic piezoelectric beam
load on one of its end and verify that our asymptotic piezoelectric model is consistent
with asymptotic elastic beam theory. As in the work of Trabucho & Via
no [1996], we
assume that the resultant of the applied loads P is parallel to axis Ox3 , so that, we have
fih = 0,
gih = 0,
hh1 = 0,
hh3 = 0,
F2h,L = P,
then, we obtain
h h
C33
I1 (1 ) = 0
in (0, L),
1h (0) = (1h ) (0) = 0,
h h
C33
I1 (1 ) (L) = 0,
C I h ( h ) (L) = 0
33 1 1
h h
C33
I2 (2 ) = 0
in (0, L),
2h (0) = (2h ) (0) = 0,
h h
C33
I2 (2 ) (L) = 0,
C I h ( h ) (L) = P
33 2 2
3.5. The limit model on the original domain

and
79
h

h
h
A
C
(
)
P
(z
)
=0
33 3
3
3

Ah P3 (3h ) + 3 (z3h ) = 0
in (0, L),
in (0, L),
3h (0) = 0,
z3h (0) = h,0
z3h (L) = h,L
0 ,
0 ,
Ah C ( h ) (L) P (z h ) (L) = 0.
33 3
3
3
For the asymptotic model, one has, form Corollary 6,

h
uh,0
1 = 1 = 0,
u02 = 2h =
uh,0
3
3h
h 2
P
h
x
3L
(x3 ) ,
3
6I2h C33
xh2 (2h )
h = z3h = h,0
+
0
P3
C33
h,0
0
h,L
0
h,0
0
xh3
P
+ h
I2 C33

xh3
L x3 xh2 ,
2
h,0
h,L
0 0
xh3 ,
L
and consequently the stress tensor component and the electric displacement give
h,0
33
=
D3h,0
P h
(x L)xh2 ,
I2h 3
P
= h P3 (xh3 L)xh2 +
I2 C33
P3 P3
+ 3
C33
h,0
h,L
0 0
.
L
If we ignore the electric field, we can verify that these equations coincide with the asymptotic model established by Trabucho & Via
no [1996]. We can conclude, from this example,
that the asymptotic model for a transversely isotropic beam yields the corresponding classical models of engineering literature.
Chapter
Asymptotic analysis of a beam with electric

potential applied to lateral surface
The main goal of this chapter is to characterize the asymptotic behavior of a family of
scaled displacements and electric potentials that solve the three-dimensional problem for
an anisotropic linearly beam of class 2 subject to an electric potential acting along its
lateral surface. We assume that the beam is now assumed to be weakly clamped at both
ends; to avoid the boundary layer phenomenon.
In this chapter, an attempt to point out the differences between the model obtained
by asymptotic expansion method and the model obtained by convergence analysis, is
presented. The convergence results are adapted from the work introduced by Figueiredo
& Leal [2006], for a linear nonhomogeneous anisotropic thin rod.
The outline of the chapter is as follows: in Section 4.1 we recall the 3D piezoelectric
problem to be studied and formulate it in the form of the principle of virtual work.
In Section 4.2 the problem is posed over a domain independent of h where the scaled
unknowns can be written in the form of asymptotic developments. Section 4.3 concerns
the asymptotic study of the problem; in particular, we calculate the first terms in the
asymptotic expansions and derive the limit model. Here, the equations for a transversally
isotropic (of type of class 6mm) homogeneous linearly piezoelectric beam are also studied.
The weak convergence is studied in Section 4.4. We start by establishing, for a homogeneous anisotropic beam of class 2, the weak convergence of the scaled displacement field
to the leading term of the asymptotic expansion. For a homogeneous anisotropic beam of
class 6mm, we also show, in Section 4.4.2.2, that the electric potential weakly converges
to the leading term of the expansion.
The physical interpretation of the results is done in Section 4.5.
81
Chapter 4. Asymptotic analysis of a beam with electric potential applied to

82
lateral surface
4.1
Mathematical analysis of the piezoelectric problem
In this section we describe the boundary conditions and the mechanical problem that will
be the focus of this chapter.
4.1.1
The mechanical and mathematical problem
Let us consider the following assumptions with the notations already introduced:
(Hd41 ) The beam is weakly clamped at the extremities h0 hL that is to say hdD = h0 hL
with meas(hdD ) > 0.
(Hd42 ) The surface traction g h = (gih ) act on hdN = hN .
h
h
(Hd43 ) We assume heD = eD
(0, L) with meas(eD
) > 0, and heN = h h \heD .
(Hd44 ) The electric potential h0 is applied on heD (see figure 4.1.1).

h
h
(Hd45 ) The constants of the material Cijkl
, Pkij
and hij satisfy the conditions (Hc21 ) and
(Hc22 ) detailed in Chapter 2 and the following conditions:
h
h
C333
= C3
= 0,
h
h
h
P
= P33
= P33
= 0,
h3 = 0.
(4.1)
(Hd46 ) fih = L2 (h ), gih L2 (hdN ), and h0 H 1/2 (heD ).

As the beam is weakly clamped at the extremities h0 hL , the displacement field uh
satisfies the condition
Z
Z
h
h
ui d = 0,
(xhj uhi xhi uhj ) d h = 0, a = 0, L.
(4.2)
h
a
h
a
h0
xh2
h0
heD
h
xh3
hL
xh1
Figure 4.1: Schematic representation of the solid domain detailing the electrical
boundary conditions.
4.1. Mathematical analysis of the piezoelectric problem
83

In the following we will represent this boundary condition by uh = 0 on hdD .
Remark 8 Condition (Hd45 ) means that the beam is made of a piezoelectric material
having crystal symmetry corresponding to one of the following classes (see e.g. Refs. Royer
& Dieulesaint [2000] and Nye [1985]): monoclinic system (except class m), orthorhombic
system, tetragonal system, hexagonal system (except classes 6 and 6m2), and cubic system.
Let us now define the following closed subspaces of the Sobolev space of order one
1 h m
H ( ) , m 1:

3

h
h
= V0,w
(h ) = {v h H 1 (h ) : v h = 0 on hdD },
V0,w
h = h (h ) = { h H 1 (h ) : h = 0 on h }.
0
0
eD
(4.3)
Since meas(hdD ) > 0 and meas(heD ) > 0, it follows from Korns and Poincare-Friedrichs
inequalities that the following norms are equivalent to the standard Sobolev norms on
h
V0,w
and h0 , respectively,
h

v h = eh (v h ) h ,
V
0,w
h

h = h h h .
Defining h = h h , where h is a trace lifting in H 1 (h ) of the boundary potential
acting on heD , we obtain that the solution (uh , h ) is derived from h = h + h with
(uh , h ) satisfying:
h
Find (uh , h ) V0,w
h0 such that
a((uh , h ), (v h , h )) = l2 (v h , h )
(4.4)
h
(v h , h ) V0,w
h0
where the bilinear form a(, ) and l2 () are defined in Chapter 2 as follow
h
a( u ,
+
, v , ) =
h
Cijkl ehkl (uh ) Pmij Em
h

h h h
Pmij ehij (uh ) + mi Eih h Em
dx ,
l2 (v , ) =
Z
h
dN
ehij (v h )dxh
(4.5)
h h

fi vi + Pkij Ekh (h )ehij (v h ) kl Elh (h )Ekh ( h ) dxh
gih vih dh .
The existence and uniqueness is ensured from Lax-Milgram Lemma.
(4.6)

84
lateral surface
Remark 9 The derivation of (4.4) follows closely the steps presented in [Bernadou &
Haenel, 2003]s work for the strong clamping case with minor changing to accommodate
the weak clamping condition adopted here.
We now consider that the displacement field uh , the electric potential h , the stress
tensor field h and the electric displacement field Dh satisfy the following problem, consisting of the principle of virtual work (cf. (3.13)):
h
(uh , h ) X h2 = V0,w
h2

( h , Dh ) X h1 = ( , d) = (ij , dk ) [L2 (h )]3 L2 (h ) : ij = ji ,
Z
Z
Z
Z
h h
h
h
h h
h
h
h h
h
ij eij (v ) dx +
Dk Ek ( ) dx =
fi vi dx +
gih vih dh
h
(4.7)
h
dN
h
for all (v h , h ) X h0,w = V0,w
h0 .
4.2
Transformation into a problem posed over a domain independent of h; fundamental scalings of

the unknowns and assumptions on the data
As in Section 3.2, we need to transform problem (4.7) into a problem posed over a set
that does not depend on h. Accordingly, we let
:= (0, L),
h
and with each point x , we associate the point xh through the bijection h ,
defined in Chapter 3 by (3.28). Then, one has
hdN = h (dN ),
h0 = h (0 ),
n(x) = nh (xh ),
heN = h (eN ),
hL = h (L ),
h
eD
= h (eD ),
heD = h (eD ),
where n is the unit outer normal to the set = dD dN = eD eN and

eN = 0 L ,
eD = eD (0, L),
(4.8)
meas(eD ) > 0.
(4.9)
4.2. Fundamental scalings and assumptions
85
We define the spaces

V0,w = V0,w () = v [H 1 ()]3 : hvi|D = 0 ,

0 = 0 () = H 1 () : |eD = 0 ,
(4.10)
equipped with the following norms equivalent to the usual Sobolev norms:
kvkV = |e(v)|0, ,
where
1
(i vj + j vi ) .
2
= 0 stands for the boundary condition (cf. (3.30))
e(v) = (eij (v)) ,
Here, hvi|dD
kk = ||0, ,
ui d = 0,
{a}
eij (v) =
{a}
(xi uj xj ui ) d = 0,
a = 0, L.
(4.11)
h
With the unknown and test displacement fields uh , v h in V0,w
, we associate the (unknown and test) scaled displacement fields u(h) = (ui (h)) and v(h) = (vi (h)) in V0,w
defined in (3.36)-(3.37). In this chapter, the electric potential h and the test function
h in h0 are associated to the scaled potential (h)
and the scaled (test) function (h)

in 0 using the following scaling for all xh = h (x), x :
(h)(x)
= h1 h (xh ),
(h)(x) = h1 h (xh ).
(4.12)
We make the following assumptions on the data: We assume that the constants of the
material, the applied body force density, the applied surface force density and the applied
electric potential are the following form:
1. There exist functions fi L2 () and gi L2 (dN ), independent of h, such that:
fh (xh ) = hf (x),
g h (xh ) = h2 g (x),
f3h (xh ) = f3 (x),

g3h (xh )
= hg3 (x),

h
for all x = (x)
(4.13)
hdN .
2. There exists a function H 1 (), independent of h, such that:

h (xh ) = h(x),
for all xh = h (x) h .
(4.14)
We also denote by H 1 () a trace lifting of 0 and define (h) = (h)
+ .

86
lateral surface
The scaled strain tensor e(v(h))(x) is defined as in (3.44); while that the electric field
E((h))(x) is given by, for all h h0 and xh = h (x), x :
(
Eh ( h )(xh ) = h h (xh ) = ((h))(x) = E ((h))(x),
E3h ( h )(xh ) = 3h h (xh ) = h3 ((h))(x) = hE3 ((h))(x).
(4.15)
h
Motivated by these identities we define for any (v, ) V0,w
H 1 (h ) the tensor
(h; v) and the vector (h; ) as follows:
(h; v) := h2 e (v), 3 (h; v) := h1 e3 (v), 33 (h; v) := e33 (v),

3 (h; ) = h3 , (h; ) = .
(4.16)
(4.17)
For simplicity we abbreviate the notation for the special cases v = u(h), = (h),
= 0 , writing
(h) := (u(h)),
We remark that
b := ().
(h) := ((h)),
(h) = eh (uh ),
(4.18)
(h)
= h h ,
and define
b
(h) = (h)((h)
+ 0 ) = (h)
+ (h).
Using the scalings of the unknown and the assumptions on the data, we reformulate,
in the next two theorems, the problems (4.4) and (4.7) now posed over the set .
The variational problem (4.4) becomes
Find (u(h), (h))
V0,w 0 such that

a((u(h), (h)),
(v, )) = l2 (v, ),
(4.19)
(v, ) V0,w 0 ,
where the bilinear form a and the linear form l2 are defined by
Z
a((u, ),
(v, )) =
Cijkl kl (h; u) ij (h; v) dx +
ij i (h; ) j (h; ) dx
Z
m (h; )) dx
+ Pmij (m (h; )
ij (h; v) ij (h; u)
(4.20)

l2 (v, ) =
fi vi dx +
dN
87
gi vi d
Pkij bk ij (h; v) dx
ij bi j (h; ) dx
(4.21)
h
Proposition 5 Assume that (uh , h ) V0,w
H 1 (h ) is solution of problem (4.7).
(a) The scaled unknowns (u(h), (h)) V0,w H 1 () satisfy the following variational
problem, called the scaled three-dimensional problem of a piezoelectric clamped beam:

(u(h), (h)) X2,w ,
Z
Z
Z
Z
ij (h)eij (v) dx + Dk (h)Ek () dx = fi vi dx +
gi vi d,
dN
(4.22)
for all (v, ) X0,w ,

where
(h) = h4 C e (u(h)) + h2 C33 e33 (u(h)) h1 P3 E3 ((h)),
3 (h) = 2h2 C33 e3 (u(h)) h1 P3 E ((h)),
33 (h) = h2 C33 e (u(h)) + C3333 e33 (u(h)) hP333 E3 ((h)),
D (h) = 2h1 P3 e3 (u(h)) + E ((h)),
D (h) = h1 P e (u(h)) + hP e (u(h)) + h2 E ((h)).

3
3
333 33
33 3
(4.23)
(b) The functions (ij (h)) L2 () and (Di (h)) L2 () defined in (a) are also related to
the components (ij (h)) L2 () and (Di (h)) L2 () by (cf. (3.39) )
h
h
h
(xh ) = h2 (h)(x), 3
(xh ) = h3 (h)(x), 33
(xh ) = 33 (h)(x),

D h (xh ) = D (h)(x), D h (xh ) = h1 D (h)(x).
(4.24)
Proof. The proof of (a) reduces to simple computations, based on the displacement, the
assumptions on the data, and the formulas h = h1 , 3h = 3 , and
Z
dx = h
dx,
h
dN
d = h
dN

h h d.
the formulas in part (b) follow from the definitions of the functions ij (h) and Di (h) given
in part (a).

88
lateral surface
Alternatively, we could also have used the scaled inverted constitutive equation defined
by (cf. (3.8))
e3 (u(h)) = 2h2 C33 3 (h) + hP3 D (h),
E ((h)) = 2hP3 3 (h) + D (h),
e (u(h)) = h2 C33 33 (h) + h4 C (h) + hP3 D3 (h),
(4.25)
e33 (u(h)) = C3333 33 (h) + h2 C33 (h) + hP333 D3 (h),

E3 ((h)) = hP3 (h) h1 P333 33 (h) + h2 33 D3 (h).
As in the displacement - electric potential approach, the dependence on parameter h is
now explicit and polynomial: more specifically, problem (2.67) reads
h2 a2 (((h), D(h)), ( , d)) + h1 a1 (((h), D(h)), ( , d))
+a0 (((h), D(h)), ( , d)) + ha1 (((h), D(h)), ( , d))
(4.26)
+h2 a2 (((h), D(h)), ( , d)) + h4 a4 (((h), D(h)), ( , d))
+bH (((h), D(h)), (u(h), (h))) = 0, for all ( , d) X 1 ,
bH (((h), D(h)), (v, )) = lH (v, ),
for all (v, ) X 0 ,
(4.27)
where the bilinear forms a2 , a1 , a0 , a1 , a2 , a4 and bH , and the linear form lH are defined
by
a2 ((, D), ( , d)) =
a1 ((, D), ( , d)) =
a0 ((, D), ( , d)) =
33 D3 d3 dx,
Z
Z
a1 ((, D), ( , d)) =2
P333 D3 33 dx
(4.28)
Z
C3333 33 33 dx +
P33 D3 3 dx +
P333 33 d3 dx,
(4.29)
D d dx,
(4.30)
P3 D3 dx
P3 d3 dx 2 P3 3 d dx,
Z
a2 ((, D), ( , d)) = C33 33 dx + 4 C33 3 3 dx
Z
+
C33 33 dx,
Z
a4 ((, D), ( , d)) = C dx,
(4.31)
(4.32)
(4.33)

lH (v, ) =
fi vi dx
89
gi vi d,
Z
Z
bH ((, D), (v, )) =
ij eij (v)dx
Dk Ek () dx.
4.3
(4.34)
dN
(4.35)
The method of formal asymptotic expansions:

the displacement-electric potential approach
In this section we intend to study the behavior of the solution to the problem (4.22)-(4.24)
when h 0. This study is based on formal asymptotic expansions method.
We now assume that the solution of the problem (4.19)-(4.21) can be expressed in the
form
u(h) = u0 + hu1 + h2 u2 + ...,
ui V0,w ,
(4.36)
(h)
= 0 + h1 + h2 2 + ...,
i 0 ,
(4.37)
where the successive coefficients of the power of h are independent of h. Since (h)
=
(h) ,
then
(h) = 0 + h1 + h2 2 + ... ,
(4.38)
with 0 = + 0 .
The asymptotic developments (4.36) and (4.38) induce the following formal expansions
for tensors (h) and D(h) (cf. (4.23))
(h) = h4 4 + h3 3 + h2 2 + ...,
D(h) = h1 D1 + D 0 + hD 1 + ...,
(4.39)

with q = qij and Dq = (Diq ) independent of h. Inserting developments (4.36)-(4.39)
into problem (4.22) results in a set of variational equations that must be satisfied for
all h > 0 and consequently the terms at the successive powers of h must be zero. This
procedure yields the following problems at the successive powers of h for all (v, )
V0,w 0 :
(P
(P
):
):
e (v) dx = 0,
(4.40)
e (v) dx = 0,
(4.41)

90
lateral surface
Z
(P 2 ) :
ij2 eij (v) dx = 0,
(4.42)
(P
):
(P ) :
ij1 eij (v) dx

ij0 eij (v) dx
Dk1 Ek () dx = 0,
Dk0 Ek () dx
(4.43)
fi vi dx +
gi vi d,
(4.44)
dN
where
4
= C e (u0 ),
(4.45)
= C e (u1 ),
(4.46)
= C e (u2 ) + C33 e33 (u0 ),
(4.47)
= C e (u3 ) + C33 e33 (u1 ) P3 E3 (0 ),
(4.48)
= C e (up+4 ) + C33 e33 (up+2 ) P3 E3 (p+1),
p 0,
2
3
= 2C33 e3 (u0 ),
(4.49)
1
3
= 2C33 e3 (u1 ) P3 E (0 ),
(4.50)
p
3
= 2C33 e3 (up+2 ) P3 E (p+1 ),
p 0,
2
33
= C33 e (u0 ),
(4.51)
1
33
= C33 e (u1 ),
(4.52)
0
33
= C33 e (u2 ) + C3333 e33 (u0 ),
(4.53)
1
33
= C33 e (u3 ) + C3333 e33 (u1 ) P333 E3 (0 ),
(4.54)
p
33
= C33 e (up+2 ) + C3333 e33 (up ) P333 E3 (p1),
D1 = 2P3 e3 (u0 ),
(4.55)
D0 = 2P3 e3 (u1 ) + E (0 ),
Dp = 2P3 e3 (up+1) + E (p ),
p 2,
(4.56)
p 1,
D31 = P3 e (u0 ),
(4.57)
D30 = P3 e (u1 ),
(4.58)
D31 = P3 e (u2 ) + P333 e33 (u0 ),
(4.59)
91
D32 = P3 e (u3 ) + P333 e33 (u1 ) + 33 E3 (0 ),

D3p = P3 e (up+1 ) + P333 e33 (up1 ) + 33 E3 (p2),
4.3.0.1
p 3.
Cancelation of the factors of hq , 4 q 0.
Let VBN be the space of Bernoulli-Navier displacements defined by

VBN = VBN () = {v V0,w : e (v) = e3 (v) = 0} ,
(4.60)
equipped with the norm kvkV0,w = |e(v)| . The space VBN can be equivalently defined
by (see e.g. Ref. Trabucho & Via
no [1996])
VBN ={v V0,w : v (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ),

v3 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 3 (x3 ) x (x3 ),
H02 (0, L),
(4.61)
3 H01 (0, L)}.
Now, in order to obtain some properties of u0 and u2 , we will show that some terms of
4
= 0.
the developments (4.39) are null. We start with problem (P 4 ) and prove that
0
For such, we consider (4.40) and (4.45), and take v = u yielding
C e (u0 )e (u0 ) dx = 0.
The coerciveness of C leads straightforwardly to

e (u0 ) = 0,
(4.62)
and therefore (cf. (4.45), (4.51) and (4.57))

4
2
= 33
= 0,
D31 = 0.
(4.63)
We turn now to problem (P 2 ). Taking v = u0 in (4.42) and bearing in mind (4.62) and
(4.63) we obtain
Z
C33 e3 (u0 )e3 (u0 ) dx = 0,
which implies
e3 (u0 ) = 0,
(4.64)
and therefore (cf. (4.49) and (4.55))

2
3
= 0,
D1 = 0.
(4.65)

92
lateral surface
As we have seen previously, conditions (4.62) and (4.64) are equivalent to (4.60) and (4.61),
i.e. u0 is an element of the space of Bernoulli-Navier displacements and consequently
u0 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ),
H 2 (0, L),
u03 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 3 (x3 ) x (x3 ),
(4.66)
3 H01 (0, L).
2
In the following we will establish necessary and sufficient conditions for
= 0. This
will allow to characterize the transverse components of the second order displacement u2 .
As a result, we will be able to obtain variational problems that have and 3 as unique
solutions.
2
e V0,w
Theorem 8 A necessary and sufficient condition for
= 0 is that there exists u
such that
C e (e
u) + C33 e33 (u0 ) = 0.
(4.67)
Proof. From (4.63) and (4.65) problem (P 2 ) can be written

Z
2
e (v) dx = 0,
for all v V0,w .
In the view of (4.47) the previous equality becomes

Z

C e (u2 ) + C33 e33 (u0 ) e (v) dx = 0,
equivalent to
Z

C e (u2 ) C e (e
u) + C e (e
u) + C33 e33 (u0 ) e (v) dx = 0.
e V0,w verifies (4.67), then the previous equation reads

If u
Z

e ) e (v) dx = 0,
C e (u2 u
e = u2 by the coerciveness
and therefore taking v = u2 e
u V0,w in this equation leads to u
2
2
e = u2 .
of C, implying
= 0. Inversely, if
= 0 then (4.67) holds with u
Remark 10 From Theorem 8 and (4.47) we conclude that if equation (4.67) has solutions
then u2 is a solution of (4.67). Next we charaterize the solutions of (4.67)

4.3.0.2
93
Characterization of u0 and u2
Firstly, we define the following reduced symmetric matrices:
C1111 C1211 C1122
M = C1211 C1212 C1222 ,

C1122 C1222 C2222
C3131 C3132
N=
C3132 C3232
C1111 C1211 C1122

0
0
C1133
C1211 C1212 C1222

0
0
C1233
C
0
0
C2233
1122 C1222 C2222
C=
0
0
0
C3131 C3132
0
0
0
0
C3132 C3232
0
C1133 C1233 C2233
C3333
The hypothesis (Hc21 ) and (Hc22 ), introduced in Section 2.1.3, imply that these matrices
are definite positive and therefore det C > 0, det M > 0 and det N > 0.
Before proceeding, we now define some functions that will be useful in the characterization of the elements of V0,w that verify (4.67).
We define the geometry functions (x1 , x2 ) and = ( ) defined by
(x1 , x2 ) =
det M
x ,
det M
1
(det M 11 x21 det M 22 x22 ),
2 det M
det M 1
det M 2
12 =
x x2 ,
21 =
x x1 ,
det M
det M
1
(det M 11 x21 det M 22 x22 )
22
2 det M
11 =
where
M 11
C1133 C1112 C1122
= C1233 C1212 C1222 ,

C2233 C1222 C2222
M 12 = M 21 =
M 22
C1111 C1112 C1133
= C1112 C1212 C1233 ,

C1122 C1222 C2233
C1111 C1133 C1122
C1112 C1233 C1222 .

2
C1122 C2233 C2222
We also introduce the following constants that depend only on the geometry of the cross

94
lateral surface
section,
I =
x2
d,
X =
d,
Y =
d,
Z=
d.
Theorem 9 Let u0 VBN be given by (4.66). Then every element (e

u ) [L2 ()]2 is a
solution of (4.67) if and only if has the following form:
u
e = s + s + + 3 ,
(4.68)
with s, s L2 (0, L) depending only on x3 .
Proof. Let us consider (4.67) in the following form

C e (e
u) = C33 e33 (u0 ),
or, equivalently,
det M 11
1 u
e1 =
(x 3 ) ,
det
M
det M 22
2 u
e2 =
(x 3 ) ,
det
M
det M 12 + det M 21
1 u
(x 3 ) .
e2 + 2 u
e1 =
det M
(4.69)
A direct integration of the first two equations gives
det M 11 2
e1 =
(x + 2x1 x2 2 2x1 3 ) + k1 (x2 , x3 ),
u
2 det M 1 1
det M 22 2
u
e2 =
(x + 2x1 x2 1 2x2 3 ) + k2 (x1 , x3 ).
2 det M 2 2
(4.70)
Substituting these expressions in the third equation of (4.69), we obtain

det M 12
det M 22
x2 1
(2x2 2 3 ) + 2 k1 (x2 , x3 )
det M
det M
det M 11
det M 21
=
x1 2 +
(2x1 1 3 ) 1 k2 (x1 , x3 ).
det M
det M
Since the left (resp. right) hand term depends only on variables x2 (resp. x1 )and x3 , we
conclude that
det M 22
det M 12
x2 1 +
(2x2 2 3 ) ,
det M
det M
det M 11
det M 21
1 k2 (x1 , x3 ) = s
x1 2 +
(2x1 1 3 ) .
det M
det M
2 k1 (x2 , x3 ) = s
95
Thus,
det M 22 2 det M 12 2
k1 (x2 , x3 ) = s1 + x2 s 2 det M x2 1 + det M (x2 2 x2 3 ) ,
k2 (x1 , x3 ) = s2 x1 s det M 11 x21 2 + det M 21 (x21 1 x1 3 ) ,

2 det M
det M
(4.71)
where s are arbitrary functions depending only on x3 . Combining (4.70) with (4.71)
leads to (4.68).
R
R
Let u
e L2 (). Then u
e d, u
e d, , 3 L2 (0, L) and (3.29) together with
(4.68) lead to s , s L2 (0, L).
Corollary 7 Let (e
u ) [L2 ()]2 a solution of (4.67) using the form (4.68). Then, a
e V0,w is that
necessary and sufficient condition for problem (4.67) to have solutions u
u0 VBN be such that H 3 (0, L), 3 H 2 (0, L), and that s, s H 1 (0, L) verify
s (a) = A() X (a) ,
s(a) =
with a = 0, L.

1
Y (a) + Z3 (a) ,
I1 + I2
(4.72)
e V0,w , be the solution of (4.67). From

Proof. Let u
e2 , the transverse components of u
Theorem 9 it follows that u
e is of the form (4.68), verifying (4.69). Therefore, using (3.29)
we obtain
Z
det M
u
e d =
A()3
(no sum on ),
det
M
Z
det M
x u
e d =
I
(no sum on ).
det
M
R
R
Since u
e H 1 (), then u
e d, x u
e d H 1 (0, L) (no sum on ) and consequently H 3 (0, L), 3 H 2 (0, L). On the other hand, identity (4.68) allows to
write
u
e d = A()s + X H 1 (0, L),
u
e d = (I1 + I2 ) s + Y + Z3 H 1 (0, L).
Hence, the previous regularity results lead to s, s H 1 (0, L). Furthermore, the boundary
condition for u
e (cf. (4.11)) leads to (4.72).

96
lateral surface
Conversely, taking u0 VBN such that H 3 (0, L), 3 H 2 (0, L), and s, s
H 1 (0, L) of the form (4.72), then (4.68) implies that u2 H 1 () verifies the boundary
condition (4.11).
Corollary 8 The components u2 of the displacement u2 V0,w are of the form (4.68)
2
with s, s H 1 (0, L) satisfying (4.72) (and consequently
= 0) if and only if u0 VBN
is such that H 3 (0, L), 3 H 2 (0, L).
Remark 11 From (4.68) it follows that in general u2 is not null at the beam ends, for that
would require that both and 3 vanish there. Therefore, if we had chosen strong boundary
conditions in the definition of V0,w , then we would not have been able to ensure that u2 V
2
(the well-known boundary layer phenomenon) and consequently that
= 0.
For now we can only ensure that H02 (0, L), 3 H01 (0, L). The additional
regularity required by the previous corollary will follow from the variational problems to
which , 3 obey. We have the following results.
Theorem 10 Let u0 VBN given by (4.66) and fi L2 (), gi L2 (dN ). Then u0 is
the unique solution of the following variational problem:
Z
0
33
e33 (v) dx
fi vi dx +
dN
gi vi d, for all v VBN ,
(4.73)
0
where 33
is given by
0
33
= Y e33 (u0 ) = Y (3 x ),
and
Y =
det C
det M det N
(4.74)
(4.75)
is positive and bounded.

Proof. Problem (4.73) follows from the variational equation (4.44) taking v VBN and
= 0. From Corollary 8 we get that u2 is of the form (4.68), and consequently (4.53)
becomes (4.74).
Corollary 9 The transverse components and the stretch component 3 of the zeroth
order displacement field are respectively the unique solutions of the following variational
problems (no sum on ):
H02 (0, L),
Z L
Z

Y I dx3 =
0
F dx3
L
0
M dx3 ,
for all H02 (0, L),
(4.76)
97
and
3 H01 (0, L),
Z L
Z

Y A()3 3 dx3 =
0
for all 3 H01 (0, L),
F3 3 dx3 ,
(4.77)
with
Fi (x3 ) =
fi d +
M (x3 ) =
dN
x f3 d +
gi d L2 (0, L),
dN
x g3 d L2 (0, L).
(4.78)
(4.79)
Proof. We consider (4.73) with the test function v VBN of the form (4.61), implying
e33 (v) = 3 (x3 ) x (x3 ). Then, taking successively = 0 and 3 = 0 in the resulting
equation we obtain (4.76) and (4.77), respectively.
The following regularity result (see e.g. Ref. Brezis [1983]) ensures the regularity
requirements for and 3 in Theorem 10.
Corollary 10 The solutions of (4.76) and (4.77) are unique and H 3 (0, L), 3
H 2 (0, L).
2
Corollary 11 The components u2 of u2 verify (4.68) and consequently
= 0.
Corollary 12 The component D31 of D1 is given by

D31 = P e33 (u0 ) = P (3 x ) H 1 (),
with
P = P333
det M
P3 .
det M
(4.80)
Proof. This result follows straightforwardly from (4.59) taking into account that u2
verifies (4.69) and that (4.74) holds.
4.3.0.3
Characterization of u1 and 0
Let V1 be the space

V1 = V1 () = {v V : e (v) = 0} .
We have, as in Trabucho & Via
no [1996], some equivalent expressions for V1 .

98
lateral surface
Lemma 3 It may verified that:
V1 = {v V0,w : v (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ) + (x3 ) ,
, H01 (0, L)}.
(4.81)
We can now introduce the spaces

Q = Q() = {q H 1 () :
q d = 0}
(4.82)
S = S() = { H 1 () : = 0 on eD }.
(4.83)
with its natural norms

kkQ = ||2 + |1 |2 + |2 |2
1/2
kkS
= ||2 + |1 |2 + |2 |2
1/2
which are equivalent (thank to the Poincare-Friedrichs inequality in ) to the following

norms
kkQ = |1 |2 + |2 |2
We equip the product space
1/2
kkS = |1 |2 + |2 |2
1/2
T := T () = Q() S()
(4.84)
with the norm

k(, )k2T = kk2Q + kk2S = |1 |2 + |2 |2 + |1 |2 + |2 |2 .
Finally, let l be the space
l = l () = { L2 () : L2 ()} L2 (0, L; H 1 ()),
(4.85)
and let us define its subspaces

R = R() = L2 (0, L; Q()),
and l0 = L2 (0, L; S()).
(4.86)
We now define the warping function w(x1 , x2 ) as the unique solution of the variational
problem:
w Q such that
Z
Z
C33 w d = C33 d,
for all H 1 (),
(4.87)
99
as well as the torsion constant J > 0:

Z
Z
J=
C33 ( w)( w) d = C33 ( w) d.
(4.88)
Finally, let r R be the unique solution of

r(x3 ) Q such that x3 [0, L] :
Z
Z
C33 r(x3 ) d = P3 0 (x3 ) d,
(4.89)
for all Q.
Having the previous definitions in mind, we turn to the characterization of u1 and 0 .

For that, we start considering problem (P 3 ). Combining (4.41) with (4.46) we get
Z
C e (u1 )e (v) dx = 0 for all v V0,w .
(4.90)
The previous equation for v = u1 V0,w is written:

Z
C e (u1 )e (u1 ) dx = 0,
then e (u1 ) = 0. Hence, u1 = (u1i ) V1 and we write (cf. (4.81))

u1 = z + z,
z , z H01 (0, L).
(4.91)
Thus (cf. (4.46), (4.52) and (4.58))

3
1
= 33
= 0,
D30 = 0.
Equation (4.43) evaluated in v V1 and equation (4.44) for v = 0 in (4.44), and considering (4.50) and (4.56) are given by
Z

2C33 e3 (u1 ) + P3 0 e3 (v) dx = 0,

2P3 e3 (u1 ) 0 dx = 0,
for all v V1 ,
for all 0 ,
(4.92)
(4.93)
which show that u1 and 0 are coupled. In fact, we have the following result.
3
b [L2 ()] be of the form (4.91). Then u

b is a solution
Theorem 11 Let 0 l and u
of (4.92) if and only if
u
b3 = r z3 x z wz ,
(4.94)

100
lateral surface
where r R solves (4.89), w is the warping function and z3 L2 (0, L) is an arbitrary
function of x3 .
b is a solution of (4.92) and in view of (4.91) we conclude that u

Proof. Assuming that u
b3
verifies
Z

C33 u
b3 + z + z + P3 0 e3 (v) dx = 0,
for all v V1 .
(4.95)
We restrict (4.95) to v = (0, 0, (x3)(x1 , x2 )), H01 (0, L), Q and combining it
with (4.87), we get a.e. x3 (0, L)
Z
C33 u
b3 (x3 ) d =
P3 0 (x3 ) d,
C33 (x z (x3 ) + wz (x3 )) d
for all Q.
Therefore,
is a solution a.e. x3 (0, L) of

Z
U =u
b3 + x z + wz
C33 U(x3 ) d =
P3 0 (x3 ) d,
(4.96)
Q.
(4.97)
Hence, if r is the solution of (4.89) then

U = r z3 ,
a.e. x3 (0, L),
(4.98)
where z3 is an arbitrary function of x3 , leading to (4.94). From (4.94) we conclude that

since r L2 (0, L; H 1()), z , z H01 (0, L) and w H 1 (), then z3 L2 (0, L). The
converse result is immediate.
Corollary 13 Let u1 , the transverse component of u1 , be of the form (4.91) and let u1
verify (4.92). Then the axial component u13 is such that
u13 = r z3 x z wz l ,
(4.99)
where z3 H01 (0, L) is an arbitrary function of x3 . Furthermore, the component D0 of

D 0 is given by
D0 = P3 ( r + z ( w )) 0 L2 ().
Proof. The expression for D0 is obtained from (4.56) taking (4.99) into account.
101
In view of the previous regularity result we conclude that although (4.91) implies
R
that u1 H 1 (), we can only ensure that u13 L2 (0, L; H 1 ()). Furthermore, u13 d
vanishes at the beam ends as long as z3 H01 (0, L), but in general this is not the case
R
for x u13 d. Therefore, we cannot ensure that u1 V0,w , traducing a boundary layer
phenomenon. On the other hand, the regularity result obtained for u13 implies that
U L2 (0, L; H 1 ()) - cf. (4.96) - and therefore from (4.97) we can only guarantee that
0 is in l not in 0 . Hence, 0 = 0 0 l0 .
Still, the characterization of u1 done so far is valid, in particular as far as equations
(4.91) and (4.99) are concerned. This will allow to use equations (4.92) and (4.93) to
derive a variational problem for 0 and r posed in each cross section {x3 }. In this
context it will be useful to consider for a generic function : R its average along the
x3 -axis, that will be denoted
1
(x1 , x2 ) =
L
(x1 , x2 , s) ds,
(4.100)
as well as the corresponding deviation

D (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x1 , x2 , x3 ) (x1 , x2 ).
(4.101)
We have a first variational equation relating the unknowns 0 , r and z .

Theorem 12 Let u1 be such that (4.91) and (4.99) hold and let (r, 0 ) R l verify
(4.89) and (4.93). Then, 0 , r and z verify a.e. x3 (0, L)
(r(x3 ), 0 (x3 )) T, z(x3 ) H01 (0, L) such that

Z
Z
Z
0
C33 r(x3 ) d + (x3 ) d + z (x3 ) P3 ( w ) d
+
=
P3 ( r(x3 ) 0 (x3 ) ) d
P3 0 (x3 ) d
0 (x3 ) d,
(4.102)
for all (, ) T.
Proof. Starting from (4.91) and (4.99) we obtain

2e3 (u1 ) = r z ( w ) ,
(4.103)
which plugged into (4.93) yields

Z

P3 ( r + z ( w )) + 0 e dx = 0,
for all e .

102
lateral surface
Taking e = (x1 , x2 ) (x3 ), S, H 1 (0, L) in the previous equation we have a.e.
x3 (0, L)
Z

P3 ( r(x3 ) + z (x3 ) ( w )) + 0 (x3 ) d = 0,
for all S,
which combined with (4.89) and 0 = 0 + 0 leads to (4.102).
Corollary 14 Let us consider (r, 0 ) T the element obtained from (r, 0 ) T using
the definition(4.100). If the material the beam is such that the coefficients C33 , P3 and
do not depend on x3 , then (r, 0 ) is the unique solution of the following 2D variational
problem,
(r, 0 ) T such that
Z
Z
Z
0
C33 r d + d + P3 ( r 0 ) d
P3 0 d
(4.104)
0 d,
for all (, ) T.
Proof. The variational problem is obtained straightforwardly from (4.102) integrating

both sides of this equation over (0, L) and taking into account that z H01 (0, L). The
uniqueness of solution follows from Lax-Milgram Lemma since properties (Hc22 ) imply
that there exists positive constants c1 , c2 and c3 such that
Z
C33 d +
d c1 kk2Q + c2 kk2S c3 k(, )k2T ,
for all (, ) T.
We are now in conditions to express z as a function of the electric potential.
Theorem 13 Let u1 be such that (4.91) and (4.99) - and therefore (4.103) - hold. Then
z H01 (0, L) is such that
1
z (x3 ) =
J
P3 ( w ) (0D (x3 )) d,
a.e. x3 (0, L),
(4.105)
or
1
z (x3 ) =
J
P3 ( w ) (0D (x3 ) + D
0 (x3 )) d,
a.e. x3 (0, L).
(4.106)
103
Proof. Taking (4.103) into account, equation (4.91) can be rewritten as

Z

C33 (z ( w) r) + P3 0 e3 (v) dx = 0,
for all v V1 .
Taking v = ((x3 )x2 , (x3 )x1 , 0), H01 (0, L) in the previous equation we get
Z

C33 (z ( w) r) + P3 0 dx = 0.
Since the coefficients C33 do not depend on x3 , we can reduce previous equation to
C33 ( w) d
Z

d
=
C33 r(x3 ) P3 0 (x3 ) d,
dx3
z (x3 )
a.e. x3 (0, L),
or, in view of (4.87)-(4.89),

Z
d
Jz (x3 ) =
dx3
P3 ( w ) 0 (x3 ) d,
a.e. x3 (0, L).
(4.107)
Integrating both sides of (4.107) and taking into account that the coefficients P3 not
depend on x3 we obtain
Jz (x3 ) =
P3 ( w ) 0 (x3 ) d + cz ,
a.e.. x3 (0, L).
The expression for the constant cz is obtained integrating both sides of the previous
equation over (0, L) and taking into account that z vanishes at the beam ends. This
leads to (4.105). The alternative expression (4.106) is obtained from (4.105) taking into
account that 0 = 0 + 0 implies (cf. (4.101)) 0D = 0D + D
0 .
Remark 12 From the previous result we conclude that in general it is not possible to
obtain the elasticity result z = 0 (see Alvarez-Dios

[1992]).
Equation (4.106) allows to obtain the following set of 2D variational problems yielding
the electric potential.
Theorem 14 Let
(r, 0 ) = (r, 0 ) + (r D , 0D ) R l0 ,
(4.108)
where (r, 0 ) is the unique solution of the variational problem (4.104). Then element

104
lateral surface
(r D , 0D ) R l0 is the unique solution of the following variational problem
(r D (x3 ), 0D (x3 )) T, such that a.e. x3 (0, L),
e
a((r D (x3 ), 0D (x3 )), (, )) = e
l (, ) ,
(4.109)
for all (, ) T,
where the bilinear form e

a and the linear functional e
l are given by
Z
e
a((e
r , ),
e (, )) =
C33 re d +
e d
Z
Z
1
+ ( P3 ( w )
e d) ( P3 ( w ) d)
J
Z
+ P3 ( re
e ) d
(4.110)
and
Z
Z
D
e
l (, ) =
P3 (0 (x3 )) d (D
0 (x3 )) d
Z
Z
1
D
( P3 ( w ) (0 (x3 )) d) ( P3 ( w ) d)
J
(4.111)
has unique solution.

Proof. The variational problem (4.109)-(4.111) is obtained substituting (4.105) in (4.102)
and combining the resulting variational equation with (4.104). Both e
a and e
l are continuous
due to the boundness of C, P and . The ellipticity of e
a is obtained straightforwardly if
we take into account the proof of Corollary 14 and the fact that
1
(
J
P3 ( w ) d)2 0.
Hence, the uniqueness of solution of the variational problem (4.109)-(4.111) follows from
Lax-Milgram Lemma.
Remark 13 It is worth noting that some of the terms appearing in the bilinear form
and linear functional that define problem (4.109)-(4.111) coincide with the corresponding
ones appearing in (4.104). On the other hand, the set of problems (4.109)-(4.111) has
two important particularities: cross sections having the same electric potential applied
on the boundary have the same solution 0M . These properties can be rather useful when
solving the whole problem numerically (e.g. finite elements). Finally, the decomposition
105
0 = 0 + 0D , allows to see the electric potential 0 as the sum of two components: a

global one 0 and a local one 0D .
4.3.0.4
Model for a beam belonging to the class 6mm of piezoelectric crystals
In this section we will to derive a model for a special case in which the beam is made
of an anisotropic homogeneous material of class 6mm. The crystal class 6mm represents
an important class of piezo-materials (Ceramic PZT-4, Zinc oxide (ZnO) and Cadmium
sulphide (CdS) are examples of piezoelectric materials belonging to the 6mm class) and
it is contained in crystal class 2. The interest in obtaining this model, is due to the fact
that this type of material (class 6mm) is widely used in engineering applications.
Theorem 15 Let us consider that the beam is made of an anisotropic homogeneous material of class 6mm where the piezo-elastic-dielectric coefficients satisfy (2.21)-(2.23). Then,
equations (4.44) determine in a unique way (u0 , 0 ) V0,w 0 , through the following
expressions:
1. The displacement components ui are of the form:
u0 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ),
(4.112)
u03 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 3 (x3 ) x (x3 ),
(4.113)
where functions and 3 are determine by:

(a) The additional bending component depends on x3 only and they are the
unique solution to the following problem
H02 (0, L),
Z L
Z

Y I dx3 =
0
F dx3
L
0
M dx3 ,
for all H02 (0, L),

(4.114)
(b) The additional stretching 3 depends only on x3 , and is the unique solution to
the following problem
3 H01 (0, L),
Z L
Z

Y A()33 dx3 =
0
F3 3 dx3 ,
for all 3 H01 (0, L),
(4.115)

106
lateral surface
with
det C
,
det M det N
Z
Z
Fi (x3 ) =
fi d +
gi d L2 (0, L),
Y =
M (x3 ) =
(4.116)
(4.117)
dN
x f3 d +
dN
x g3 d L2 (0, L).
(4.118)
2. The first-order displacement u1 is of the form

u1 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z (x3 ),
(4.119)
u13 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z3 (x3 ) x z (x3 )
P14 0
(x3 )(x1 , x2 ),
C44
(4.120)
where z3 H01 (0, L) and the electric potential 0 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 0 (x3 )(x1 , x2 ) is the
only solution of
0 S() such that a.e. x3 [0, L],

Z
Z
P14
P14
0
+ 11 d =
P14
+ 11
d,
P14
C44
C44
(4.121)
for all S().
Proof. Let us consider the equation (4.92) for v = u1 , we obtain

Z
C e (u1 )e (u1 ) dx = 0,
(4.122)
and, therefore,
u1 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z (x3 ) + z(x3 ),
z , z H01 (0, L),
that is, v V1 . Now, taking v V1 in equation (4.122) leads to

Z

C33 u13 + z + z + P3 0 e3 (v) dx = 0.
(4.123)
107
Taking v = (0, 0, (x3 )(x1 , x2 )), H01 (0, L), Q() in the previous equation we
get
C33 u13
d =

C33 (z + z ) + P3 0 d,
for all Q,
(4.124)
valid a.e. x3 (0, L). For a homogeneous anisotropic piezoelectric beam whose constants
of the materials satisfy (2.21)-(2.23), the equation (4.124) takes the following form
Z
u13 d
(z
P14
+ z ) d
C44
0 d,
for all Q, (4.125)
Therefore, (4.124) and the fact that u13 L2 (0, L; H 1()) lead to
u13 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z3 (x3 ) x z (x3 ) w (x1 , x2 ) z (x3 )
P14 0
(x3 )(x1 , x2 ),
C44
(4.126)
where z3 H01 (0, L) and the warping function w(x3 ) (x1 , x2 ) of as the unique solution
of the problem
w H 1 (),
Z
Z
w d =
d,
Z
w d = 0.
for all H 1 (),
(4.127)
where 1 = x2 , 2 = x1 .
Taking v = ((x3 )x2 , (x3 )x1 , 0), H01 (0, L) in (4.123) we get

Z
Z
P14
0
C44
z ( w)
dx = P14 0 dx,
C
44
that is
( w) z dx = 0, H01 (0, L)
or, equivalently,
Z
L
0
Jz dx = 0, H01 (0, L)
(4.128)
where
J =
( w) d =
(x2 2 + x1 1 ) d = 2
d.

108
lateral surface
Therefore, we deduce that z = 0 and
2e3 (u1 ) = P14
P14
0 .
C44
(4.129)
Hence we may also write equation (4.93) as follows

Z
P14
0
0
P14
) + 11 e dx = 0,
C
44
for all e 0 .
Taking e = (x1 , x2 ) (x3 ), S(), H01 (0, L) in the previous equation we have

Z
P14
+ 11 0 (x3 ) d = 0,
P14
C44
a.e. in (0, L),
which combined with (4.127) and 0 = 0 + 0 leads to (4.121).
Convergence of the scaled unknowns as h 0
4.4
In this section we are going to establish the convergence results justifying the formal
asymptotic expansions.
4.4.1
A priory estimations and weak convergence
Following Sene [2001], we establish that the scaled displacement and the scaled electric potential are bounded. Its first published proof for piezoelectric beam appeared in
Figueiredo & Leal [2006].
Taking (v, ) = (u(h), (h))
in problem (4.19)-(4.21) we obtain

a((u(h), (h)),
(u(h), (h)))
=
=
fi ui (h) dx +
dN
Cijkl kl (h) ij (h) dx +
gi ui (h) d
ij i (h) j (h) dx
ij bi (h) j (h) dx
(4.130)
Pmij bm (h) ij (h) dx = l2 (u(h), (h)).
Lemma 4 There exists c > 0 such that

2
2

a((u(h), (h)),
(u(h), (h)))
c |(h)| + (h) ,
for all h > 0.
(4.131)
4.4. Convergence of the scaled unknowns as h 0
109
Proof. From condition (Hc22 ), i.e., the ellipticity properties of C and , we get
a((u(h), (h)),
(u(h), (h)))
Cijkl ij (h) kl (h) dx +
c1
Z X
3
(ij (h)) dx + c2
i,j=1
ij i (h) j (h) dx
Z X
3
(i (h))2 dx
i=1

2
c |(h)|2 + (h) ,
where c = min(c1 , c2 ) > 0.
In the following lemmas we will use the inequality:

2ab ma2 +
1 2
b,
m
for all (a, b, m) R2 R+ .
Lemma 5 There exists a constant c > 0 such that

Z

Z

c
fi ui(h) dx +
gi ui(h) d m |f |2 + |g|2dN + ku(h)k2V0,w ,

m
dN
(4.132)
for all h, m > 0.
Proof. Here we invoke the continuity of the trace operator, the fact that f and g
belong to [L2 ()]3 and [L2 (dN )]3 , respectively, and the fact that kkV0,w and kk[H 1 ()]3
are equivalent norms, to obtain
Z
Z

fi ui(h) dx +

dN
Z
Z

gi ui(h) d fi ui(h) dx +
dN
m
1
m
1
|f |2 +
|u(h)|2 + |g|2dN +
|u(h)|2dN
2
2m
2
2m
c1
m
|f |2 + |g|2dN + ku(h)k2[H 1 ()]3
2
m

c
m |f |2 + |g|2dN + ku(h)k2V0,w ,
m

gi ui (h) d
for all h, m > 0.

Z

ij bi (h) j (h) dx cm + 3 (h)2 ,

2m
for all h, m > 0.
(4.133)

110
lateral surface
b
Proof. Let r = sup1i,j3 |ij |. Since (h)
is bounded in [L2 ()]3 , one has
Z

3
X

1
m 2 b
2
2
ij bi (h) j (h) dx
r |i (h)| +
|j (h)|

2
2m
i,j=1
3
=
=
for all h, m > 0.
3 X
3m 2 X b
r
|i (h)|2 +
|j (h)|2
2
2m
j=1
j=1
2
2
3m 2 b
3
3
(h) cm +
(h) ,
r |(h)|2 +
2
2m
2m

Z

Pmij bm (h) ij (h) dx cm + 3 |(h)|2 ,

2m
for all h, m > 0.
(4.134)
b
Proof. Let p = sup1i,j,l3 |Plij |. Since (h)
is bounded in [L2 ()]3 , one has

Z

3
X

m 2 b
1
2
2
Plij bl (h) ij (h) dx
p |l (h)| +
|ij (h)|

2
2m
i,j,l=1
=
=
for all h, m > 0.
3
3
3 X
9m 2 X b
p
|l (h)|2 +
|ij (h)|2
2
2m
i,j=1
l=1
9m 2 b
3
3
p |(h)|2 +
|(h)|2 cm +
|(h)|2 ,
2
2m
2m
Proposition 6 There exists c > 0 such that

2

ku(h)k2V0,w + |(h)|2 + (h) c,
for all h (0, 1).
Proof. Korns inequality and the fact that 0 < h < 1 allows to write
c1 ku(h)k2[H 1 ()]3 |e(h)|2 |(h)|2 ,
or, since kkV0,w and kk[H 1 ()]3 are equivalent norms,
c2 ku(h)k2V0,w |e(h)|2 |(h)|2 .
(4.135)
111
This result and the estimate (4.131) lead to

2

(u(h), (h))).
c3 ku(h)k2V0,w + c4 |(h)|2 + c5 (h) a((u(h), (h)),
(4.136)
On the other hand, (4.130) and (4.132) - (4.134) can be combined to yield

2
c7
3
2
2

a((u(h), (h)),
(u(h), (h)))
c6 m + ku(h)kV0,w +
|(h)| + (h) ,
m
2m
which, together with (4.136), lead to

2
3
3
c7
2
2
c3
ku(h)kV0,w + c4
|(h)| + c5
(h) cm.
m
2m
2m
Taking m large enough in this expression we obtain the estimate
for all h (0, 1).
2

ku(h)k2V0,w + |(h)|2 + (h) c,
Corollary 15 There exists c > 0 such that

ku(h)k2V0,w + |(h)|2 + |(h)|2 c,
for all h (0, 1).
Proof. The previous result follows from (4.135) and (cf. 4.18)
= (h) + (1 ,
(h) = (h) +
2 ,
h 3 ),
in a straightforward way, since H 1 ().
Corollary 16 Let (h)
0 . Then there exists c > 0 such that

|(h)|
c,
for all h (0, 1).
(4.137)
Proof. The PoincareFriedrichs inequality allows to write, for any s fixed in (0, L)
Z
[(h)(,
, s)]2 d = k(h)(,
, s)k2L2 ()
h
i
2
2
C() k1 (h)(,
, s)kL2 () + k2 (h)(,
, s)kL2 () .

112
lateral surface
Hence,
2
|(h)|
Z
[(h)(x
[(h)(,
, s)] d ds
1 , x2 , x3 )] dx =
0
Z Lh
i
C()
k1 (h)(,
, s)k2L2 () + k2 (h)(,
, s)k2L2 () ds
0

2
2
= C() |1 (h)|
+ |2 (h)|
.
Now, the estimation (4.137) is obtained from (4.135).
Lemma 8 There exists a subsequence of (u(h), (h), (h),
(h))0<h<1 , still parameter9

3
ized by h, and there exist u V0,w , [L2 ()] , [L2 ()] and [L2 ()] , such
that the following weak convergence results hold when h tends to zero:

3
in H 1 () ,

9
(h) in L2 () ,
u(h) u
(h)
in L2 (),

3
(h) in L2 () .
Proof.
(4.138)
(4.139)
(4.140)
(4.141)
Due to the Lemma 15 we show that there exists subsequences (u(h))h>0 ,

((h))h>0 , ((h))
,
(h)
and functions u, , and satisfying (4.138)-(4.141).
h>0
h>0
Lemma 9 There exists a subsequence of ((h), (h))0<h<1 , still parameterized by h, and
3
there exist L2 (), [L2 ()] , such that
as h tends to zero. Moreover,

= 0 + 0 ,
(h) in L2 (),

3
(h) in L2 () ,
+ ,
where
= (1 ,
2 ,
0).
Proof. These results follow straightforwardly from (4.140)-(4.141) taking into account
that (h) = (h)
+ 0 and (h) = (h) + .

We define (cf. 4.24)
e (h) = (h2 (h), h3 (h), 33 (h)),
e
D(h)
= (D (h), h1 D3 (h)),
(4.142)
(4.143)
113
that is (cf. (4.16)-(4.17)
e (h) = h2 (h) = C (h) + C33 33 (h) + P3 3 (h),
(4.144)
e3 (h) = h3 (h) = 2C33 3 (h) + P3 (h),
(4.145)
e (h) = D (h) = 2P3 3 (h) (h).

D
(4.148)
e33 (h) = 33 (h) = C33 (h) + C3333 33 (h) + P333 3 (h),

e 3 (h) = h1 D3 (h) = P3 (h) + P333 33 (h) 33 3 (h),
D
(4.146)
(4.147)
From equalities (4.142)-(4.148) and Lemmas 8 and 9, we conclude that the sequences
3
e
(D(h))
(h))0<h<1 are bounded in [L2 ()] and [L2 ()] , respectively. There0<h<1 and (e
fore, one has the following result.
e
e (h))0<h<1 , still parameterized by h,
Corollary 17 There exists a subsequence of (D(h),
and there exist D [L2 ()] and [L2 ()]s , such that the following weak convergence
hold in L2 () when h tends to zero:
(h) = h2 (h) = C + C33 33 ,
3 (h) = h3 (h) 3 = 2C33 3 + P3 ,
33 (h) = 33 (h) 33 = C33 + C3333 33 ,
(h) = D (h) D = 2P3 3 ,

D3 (h) = h1 D3 (h) D3 = P3 + P333 33 33 3 .
(4.149)
Proof. Properties (4.149) are obtained from (4.142)-(4.148) taking the limit as h tends
to zero.
4.4.2
Identification of the limit problem and the weak convergence of the scaled displacement and electric potential to
the leading terms
The aim of this section is to derive the limit models for a homogeneous anisotropic material
of class 2 and class 6mm and to compare with the equations found in Section 4.3 .

114
lateral surface
4.4.2.1
For a beam belonging to the class 2 of piezoelectric crystals
In order to identify the limit model, we consider all the notation defined in Section 4.3,
and denote by V0,w () = W1 () W2 () the space of scaled displacements as follow

Z
Z
1
W1 () = H () :
=
x = 0, a = 0, L
{a}
{0}

Z
Z
1
2
W2 () = b = ( ) H () :
=
= 0, a = 0, L
{a}
(4.150)
(4.151)
{a}
with 1 = x2 and 2 = x1 . We know that VBN can be equally defined by

VBN ={v = (vi ) V : v (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ),
v3 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 3 (x3 ) x (x3 ),
H02 (0, L),
3 H01 (0, L)}.
(4.152)
Corollary 18 Let us that the beam is made of an anisotropic piezoelectric material of

class 2 material whose coefficients Ac33 Ac do not depend on x1 and x2 . Then, the following
properties hold:
Z
v 0 W1 (),
(4.153)
v dx = 0, v W2 (),
Z
Z
x = = 0,
(4.154)
u VBN :
(4.156)
3 v 0 dx = 0,
(4.155)
e (u) = e3 (u) = 0,
33 (u) = e33 (u),
(4.157)
= (1 ,
2 ,
0)T ,
(4.158)
= (1 , 2 , 0)T ,
(4.159)

33 = Ac33 33 e33 (u) Ac ,
(4.160)
E () = P3 3 + D ,
Ac33 33 =
33
,
33 C3333 + P333 P333
(4.161)
Ac = 33 C33 + P333 P3
(4.162)
where u VBN is the solution of the following problem:

Z
Ac33 33 e33 (u)e33 (v)dx
fi vi dx +
dN
gi vi d,
v VBN .
(4.163)
115
3
Proof. From the weak convergence u(h) u in [H 1 ()] , since u(h) V0,w , we deduce
that u V0,w . Moreover,
eij (u(h)) eij (u) in L2 ().
(4.164)
In addition, from identities (4.16) and from weak convergence of Lemma 8 we have
e (u(h)) = h2 (h) 0 in L2 (),
e3 (u(h)) = h 3 (h) 0 in L2 (),
e33 (u(h)) = 33 (h) 33
(4.165)
in L2 ().
The uniqueness of the limits appearing in (4.164)-(4.165) implies (4.157) besides e (u) =
e3 (u) = 0. Now, from (4.140) we conclude that
i (h)
i = i in H 1 ().
(4.166)
On the other hand, in the view of (4.17) and (4.141), we get

( (h), 3 (h)) = ( (h),
h3 (h))
( , 3 ) in [L2 ()]3 .
Therefore, given (4.166) and the uniqueness of the limit appearing in the right-hand side
of (4.141) we conclude that
( , 3 ) = ( ,
0),
that is (4.158), which implies (4.159).
In order to establish (4.156)-(4.157), we consider the following equation obtained from
(4.26) by setting di = 0 and passing to the limit when h 0:
Z

C3333 33 + C33 + P333 D3 33 dx =
eij (u)ij dx,
(4.167)
which implies
e33 (u) = C3333 33 + C33 + P333 D3 ,
(4.168)
e3 (u) = e (u) = 0.
(4.169)
Letting = 0 in (4.26) and multiplying by h, we likewise find that we arrive at

Z

P3 P333 33 + 33 D3 d3 dx = 0,

116
lateral surface
and thus
D3 =

1
P3 + P333 33 .
33
Substituting the last expression in (4.168), we deduce

P333
e33 (u) = C3333 33 + C33 +
P3 + P333 33 ,
33
from which we arrive at (4.160) with
1
,
33 C3333 + P333 P333
Ac33 =
Ac = 33 C33 + P333 P3 .
Setting v = (v1 , v2 , 0) and di = 0 in (4.27) and multiplying by h2 one obtains

2
(h) e (v)dx + 2h
3 (h) e3 (v)dx = h
Z
fi vi dx +
gi vi d .
dN
Hence passing to the limit h 0 gives

Z
for all v W2
v dx = 0,
(4.170)
which implies (for v = x v 0 , v = 12 x2 v 0 , v = x1 x2 v 0 with v 0 H01 (0, L)) that

Z
x d =
d = 0.
(4.171)
In a similar way, taking v = (0, 0, v3) and di = 0 in (4.27) and multiplying by h one has
h
33 (h) e33 (v)dx + 2h
3 (h) e3 (v)dx = h
Z
fi vi dx +
dN
gi vi d .
Taking the limit h 0 gives (4.153).

Now we put = 0 and d3 = 0 into (4.26). Passing to the limit as h 0, we thus find
Z

P3 3 + D d dx =
E ()d dx
and we infer that

E () = P3 3 + D .
(4.172)
117
Let us now consider the restriction of equation (4.26) to v VBN . Then since e3 (u) =
e (u) = 0 we obtain
Z
33 (h) e33 (v)dx +
Dk (h)Ek () dx =
33 e33 (v)dx +
fi vi dx +
Passing to the limit when h 0 gives

Z
D E () dx =
fi vi dx +
gi vi d,
dN
gi vi d,
(4.173)
dN
for all (u, ) VBN 0 . Taking di = 0 and substituting (4.160) in the previous equation
we deduce
Z
Z
Z

c
c
A33 33 e33 (u) A e33 (v)dx = fi vi dx +
gi vi d,
(4.174)
dN
for all u VBN . For homogeneous anisotropic material, the coefficient Ac33 Ac does not
depend either on x1 or x2 and therefore equation (4.174) becomes, by property (4.171),
Z
Ac33 33 e33 (u)e33 (v)dx
fi vi dx +
dN
gi vi d, v VBN .
(4.175)
Using algebraic software tools we prove that

Y =
det C
= Ac33 33 ,
det M det N
and consequently the unicity of solution of the problem (4.175) follows.

Setting v = 0 in (4.173) we get
Z
D E () dx = 0, for all 0 .
(4.176)
Corollary 19 Sequences (u(h))h>0 satisfy as h 0

u(h) u0
in [H 1 ()]3 ,
(4.177)
Proof. From uniqueness of solution of (4.114) and comparing with (4.163) we conclude
that u = u0 and u3 = u03 and therefore u = u0 . In section 4.4.1 it was showed that
(u(h)) is weakly convergent in V0,w (). By unicity of the limit this implies that the whole
sequence (u(h))h>0 converges to u0 .
Remark 14 We note that the variational problem (4.176) cannot be expressed in order

118
lateral surface
to and r. Consequently, we cannot guarantee the weak convergence of the sequence
((h))h>0 to 0 .
4.4.2.2
For the homogeneous transversely isotropic case - 6mm symmetry

class
We shall now establish the weak convergence of sequence (u(h), (h))h>0 to the first
term of the asymptotic expansion (u0 , 0 ) V0,w 0 , for the anisotropic homogeneous
material of class 6mm.
Theorem 16 Let us consider that the beam is made of a material anisotropic of class
6mm. Sequences (u(h))h>0 and ((h))h>0 satisfy as h 0
u(h) u0
in [H 1 ()]3 ,
(4.178)
(h) 0
in L2 ()
(4.179)
where u0 VBN is the Bernoulli-Navier characterized by equations (4.113) and which

is the first term in the asymptotic expansion of the scaled displacement field (4.36), and
0 0 satisfies (4.121) and is the first term in the asymptotic expansion of the scaled
electric potential (4.37).
Proof. From (2.21)-(2.23) and using some algebraic software tools, we show that
C11 = C1111 = C2222 ,
C13 = C1122 , C16 = C1133 = C2233 ,

C11 C13
C44 = C1313 = C2323 , C1212 =
, C66 = C3333 ,
2
P14 = P131 = P232 , P31 = P311 = P322 , P36 = P333 ,
11 = 22 .
Consequently, equation (4.163) may now be written as

Z
33
e33 (u)e33 (v)dx =
33 C66 + P36 P36
fi vi dx +
gi vi d.
(4.180)
dN
and relations (4.161) verify

E1 () = P131 31 + 11 D1 ,
E2 () = P232 32 + 22 D2
(4.181)
1
(E2 () + P14 32 ).
11
(4.182)
or equivalently,
D1 =
1
(E1 () + P14 31 ),
11
D2 =
4.5. The limit model on the actual beam h
119
Substituting these expressions into (4.173) we obtain

Z
1
[ (E1 () + P131 31 )]E1 () dx +
11

1
(E2 () + P232 32 )]E2 () dx = 0,
22
(4.183)
for all 0 . If, in the previous situation, we consider the 6mm material case, or,
equivalently
Z
1
E ()E () dx +
11
P14 3 E () dx = 0,
for all 0 .
(4.184)
1
Choosing in (4.184) test functions of the form = (x1 , x2 )(x3 ) with H0,
()
eD
1
and H0 (0, L), we have
L
0
Z

Z

Z L
1
E () d dx3 +
P14
3 d dx3 = 0,
11
0
(4.185)
and consequently we find that is a solution of the following problem a.e. in [0,L]
Z
1
E () d + P14
11
3 d = 0,
(4.186)
for all H0,eD (). For the homogeneous case, the coefficient P14 is independent on x1
and x2 , then from property (4.153) satisfied by function 3 we obtain the second term
of (4.186) is identically zero and the equation reads
Z
1
d = 0,
11
(4.187)
for all H0,eD (). We prove, using algebraic manipulation software tools, that
1
P14 P14
= 11 +
,
11
C66
and therefore the previous equation coincides with (4.121).
From the unicity of the limits u = u0 , u3 = u03 and = 0 we conclude that the weak
convergence (4.178) and (4.178) hold for the whole sequence u(h) and (h), respectively.
4.5
The limit model on the actual beam h
This section is subdivided in two section in which models for materials of class 2 and 6mm
will be written for the original beam h .

120
lateral surface
4.5.1
Model for a beam belonging to the class 2 of piezoelectric

crystals
We now return to the actual beam h and define the following spaces (cf. (4.82)-(4.85)):
h
Q = Q ( ) = { H ( ) :
d h = 0},
h
S h = S h ( h ) = { H 1 ( h ) : = 0 on eD
},
T h = T h ( h ) = Qh S h ,
hl = hl (h ) = L2 (0, L; H 1 ( h )),
Rh = Rh (h ) = L2 (0, L; Qh ( h )),
hl0 = hl0 (h ) = L2 (0, L; S h ( h )).
Given the scalings (3.36), (4.12) and (4.24), the developments (4.36), (4.38 and (4.39)
induce formal developments on uh , h , h and Dh , respectively, whose leading terms
we will identify and characterize in the following. For that we will undo the change of
variable xh = h (x) and accordingly define the de-scaled quantities:
h (xh3 ) = h1 (x3 ),
3h (xh3 ) = 3 (x3 ),
0h (xh ) = h0 (x) ,
r h (xh ) = hr (x) ,
as well as the warping function

w h = w h (xh1 , xh2 ) = h2 w(x1 , x2 ),
which is the unique solution of (cf. (4.87))
w h Qh such that
Z
Z
h h h h
h
C33 w d =
h
C33 h h h d h ,
for all h H 1 ( h ),
(4.188)
the torsion constant (cf. (4.88))

h
J =h J =
C33 (h h w h )(h h w h ) d h
C33 (h h w h )h d h , (4.189)
121
and the second moment of area of the cross section with respect to axis Oxh ( 6= )
Ih
(xh )2 d h ,
where 1h (xh1 , xh2 ) = xh2 , 2h (xh1 , xh2 ) = xh1 . We also define the resultant of the applied loads
and moments in each cross section (cf. (4.78)-(4.79)):
Fh (xh3 )
F3h (xh3 )
Mh (xh3 )
= h F (x3 ) =
2
= h F3 (x3 ) =
3
= h M (x3 ) =
fh (xh1 , xh2 , xh3 ) d h

f3h (xh1 , xh2 , xh3 ) d h
+
+
xh f3h (xh1 , xh2 , xh3 ) d h
h
dN
h
dN
gh (xh1 , xh2 , xh3 ) d h L2 (0, L),

g3h (xh1 , xh2 , xh3 ) d h L2 (0, L),
h
dN
xh g3h (xh1 , xh2 , xh3 ) d h L2 (0, L).
For a generic function h : R we define its average along the xh3 -axis (cf. (4.100)),
(xh1 , xh2 )
1
=
L
L
0
h (xh1 , xh2 , s) ds,
and consider the deviation (cf. (4.101))

D,h (xh1 , xh2 , xh3 ) = h (xh1 , xh2 , xh3 ) h (xh1 , xh2 ).
Finally, we define z h = z h (xh3 ) = h1 z (x3 ), implying (cf. (4.106))
h
(z )
(xh3 )
1
= h
J
P3 (h w h h )h (h 0h (xh3 ) + h h0 (xh3 )) d h ,
a.e. xh3 (0, L),
and also (r h , 0h ) T h , the unique solution of the variational problem

(r h , 0h ) T h such that
Z
Z
h h h
h
C33 r d +
h 0h h d h
h
h
Z
+ P3 (h rh h h 0h ) d h
Z
Z
h h h
h
=
P3 0 d
h h0 h d h ,
h
for all (, ) T h .
(4.190)

122
lateral surface
4.5.2
For a beam belonging to the class 6mm of piezoelectric

crystals
We assume that the piezoelectric material is anisotropic and of a type of transversely

isotropic (hexagonal crystal system, class 6mm).
h
Firstly, we introduce auxiliary functions , h depending on the geometry of the

cross section h . Then, the following properties hold
h
(xh1 , xh2 ) = h (x1 , x2 ),
(4.191)
h (xh1 , xh2 ) = h2 (x1 , x2 ),
(4.192)
where
C16
x1 ,
C11 + C13
C16
2 (x1 , x2 ) =
x2
C11 + C13
1 (x1 , x2 ) =
C16
(x1 , x2 ) = ( )(x1 , x2 ) =
(C11 + C13 )
(x21 x22 )
2
x1 x2
x1 x2
(x22 x21 )
2
The warping function warping function w h (xh1 , xh2 ) as the unique solution of the variational problem:
Z
w H ( ),
wh = 0
h
Z
Z
w h h d h =
(xh2 1h h xh1 2h h ) d h ,
h
(4.193)
h
for all H ( ).
h,0
Corollary 20 The approximations (uh,0 , h,0, 33
, Dh,0) are uniquely characterized as
follows:
h
uh,0
= (x3 ),
h H02 (0, L),
h
h
uh,0
3 = x ( ) (x3 ),
h
uh,1
= z ,
3h H01 (0, L),
zh H01 (0, L),
(4.195)
(4.196)
P14 h,0
,
C14
(4.197)
h,0 hl ,
(4.198)
h
h h
uh,1
3 = z3 x (z )
h,0 = h,0 h ,
(4.194)
123
h,0
h,0
= 3
= 0,
(4.199)
h,0
33
= Y e33 (uh,0) = Y [(h ) x (h ) (x3 )],
(4.200)
Dh,0 = R11 h,0,
(4.201)
where ( h , h,0) is the solution of the following boundary value problem:

h
h
Y
A(
)
= F3h
3h (0) = 3h (L) = 0,
in (0, L),
(4)
Y Ih h
= Fh + Mh
in (0, L),
h (0) = h (L) = 0, h (0) = h (L) = 0,
h,0 H 1() such that a.e. in (0, L)
h,0 = 0 in h ,
R11
R11 h h,0 nh = 0 on eN
,
h,0 = h on h ,
0
eD
(4.202)
(4.203)
where Youngs modulus Y > 0 is given by (cf. Subsection 2.1.3.3)

33
1
2
(2C16
+ C11 C66 + C13 C66 ) =
,
C11 + C13
33 C66 + P36 P36
P14
1
= P14
+ 11 =
.
C44
11
Y =
(4.204)
R11
(4.205)
We note that for the homogeneous transversely isotropic beam model, the electrical
and mechanical phenomena are decoupled. The boundary problems found in (4.194)(4.202) of Corollary 20 are respectively called the one-dimensional bending equations and
the one-dimensional stretching equations of a linearly elastic beam. Together with the
property that u(0) is a Bernoulli-Navier displacement field (Theorem 15), they constitute
the linear Bernoulli-Navier model of a linearly elastic beam. Furthermore, the electric
potential can be obtained through a two-dimensional Laplaces equation, expressed by
the boundary value problem (4.203).
Chapter
Shallow arch theory with an electric potential

applied at both ends
In many applications weakly curved beams are used instead of straight beams. In this
chapter, a weakly curved beams is a beam which the length of the centreline much
greater than the diameter of the cross section and the curvature is of the order of the
diameter of the cross section. This type of curved beams are also known as shallow arches.
We present a zeroth-order model for a transversely isotropic - 6mm symmetric class piezoelectric shallow arch under the influence of an applied electric potential on both end
faces, obtained by asymptotic methods.
Let us briefly outline the content of this chapter, which closely follows Alvarez-Dios
& Via
no [1996]. In the next two sections we introduce the notation and present the
piezoelectricity problem in its Hellinger-Reissner variational principle. In Section 5.3 we
rescale the three-dimensional problem posed in a straight reference rod. In Sections 5.5
and 5.5.2, using the same results of Alvarez-Dios

& Via
no [1998], we study the limit behavior of the unknowns (displacement, stress, electric potential and electric displacement)
when the cross-sectional diameter of the beam tends to zero. Based on the asymptotic expansion method, we prove in Section 5.5.3 that, when the cross-sectional diameter tends
to zero the scaled solution of the three-dimensional problem strongly converges to the
leading term of its asymptotic expansion. A key idea to prove the strong convergence is
to take for the limits the first terms of the developments identified in Section 5.5.2. The
one-dimensional equations of the coupled mechanical and electrical field in the original
domain are established in Section 5.7 and they are written as a BVP.
125
Chapter 5. Shallow arch theory with an electric potential applied at both

126
ends
5.1
Geometry of shallow arch
As before, let h and L be two positive scalars and let h denote an open bounded, simply
connected subset of R2 , with Lipschitz continuous boundary bounded h having area
A( h ) = h2 . We suppose that system Oxh1 xh2 x3 is a principal system of inertia associated
to h , therefore axis Ox3 passes through the mass center of h {x3 }, which means that
Z
h {x3 }
xh
d =
xh1 xh2 d h = 0, x3 [0, L].
(5.1)
h {x3 }
A curved rod can be represented by a space curve

C h = h (x3 ) = h1 (x3 ), h2 (x3 ), x3 R3 : x3 [0, L] ,
parameterized by its arc length sh (x3 ), x3 [0, L]. The Frenet trihedron (t,h , n,h , b,h )
is formed by the tangent, normal and binormal vectors of the curve,
1
h
t,h = (t,h
i ) = h (i ),
A
,h
h h h
n1
Ah h
1 1
1
h h h
n,h = n,h
= h h Ah h
2
2 2 ,
A B
h
n,h
h
3

,h
b1
h
2
1
b,h = b,h
h
= h
,
2
1
B
h
h h
b,h
h
3
1 2 2 1
(5.2)
(5.3)
(5.4)
where
h
Ah = |h | = h
+ 1,
(5.5)
h
h h
h h 2
Bh = |h h |2 = h
+ (1 2 1 2 ) .
(5.6)
The trihedron is given by the Frenet equations (sh = sh (x3 )):

dt,h
= h n,h ,
dsh
dn,h
= h t,h + h b,h ,
dsh
db,h
= h n,h ,
dsh
(5.7)
(5.8)
(5.9)
5.1. Geometry of shallow arch
127
where k h (sh (x3 )) h (x3 ) and h (sh (x3 )) h (x3 ) are the centrelines curvature and
torsion. The curvature and torsion are extracted from the curve parametrization as follows
|h h |
=
h (x3 ) =
|h |3
Bh
,
(Ah )3
h (h h )
1
h
h h
(x3 ) =
= h (h
1 2 2 1 ).
2
h
h
B

h
As assumed in Alvarez-Dios
& Via
no [1998], the family of curves C h , 0 < h < 1,
satisfies the following hypothesis:
(HC1) h C 3 [0, L].
(HC2) For all x3 [0, L], (t,h , n,h , b,h ) is a positive oriented orthonormal basis of R3 .
(HC3) Frenet equations (5.7)-(5.9) hold for curvature h and h belonging to C[0, L].
h h (
h ) R3 in the following manner (Figure 5.1)
Now we define the map h :

h xh = (h1 (x3 ), h2 (x3 ), x3 ) + xh1 n,h (x3 ) + xh2 b,h (x3 )
(5.10)
which is a C 1 -diffeomorphism [Alvarez-Dios

& Via
no, 1998, see Theorem 1.1-1].
For each h > 0 and each xh h , let h h (xh ) denote the Jacobian matrix
(jh hi (xh )) and let
bhij (xh ) := h h (xh ))1
ij
for all xh h ,

oh (xh ) := det h h (xh )
for all xh h ,
where the scalar oh (xh ) and the vectors bhij (xh ), xh h are of the form (see Alvarez-Dios
& Via
no [1998])
h
Ah (1
xh1 h )
h Ah h ,h
,h
h
h
b1j (x ) = nj +
x2 tj ,
h
o
h Ah h ,h
,h
h
h
b2j (x ) = bj
x1 tj ,
oh
1
bh3j (xh ) = h t,h
,
o j
o (x ) =
Ah
xh1
Bh
,
Ah
(5.11)
(5.12)
(5.13)
(5.14)

128
ends
where the map h is assumed to be an orientation-preserving map, that is,
oh (xh ) > 0, for all xh h .
h } = (
h ) which is well-known as a
The beam in study occupies the volume {
weakly curved rod of axis C h .
0
b
xh
h0
b
hL
h
h
0
b
Figure 5.1: The reference configuration of the shallow arch described in curvilinear and
Cartesian coordinates, and in a fixed domain.
h, h
h , is the union of the end faces
h = h ( h {0}),
h =
The boundary of
0
L
h
h h
h
h
( {L}) and the lateral surface N = ( (0, L)).

h and h on the one hand and on the other
This boundary is the disjoint union of
dD
dN
h
h
hand, it is the union of and where

eD
h = h (h ),
dD
0
eN
h = h (h ),
dN
dN
h = h (h ),
eD
dN
hdN = hN hL ,
heD = h0 hL .
h = h (h ),
eN
N
with
The reference configuration of the shallow arch can thus be described in terms of
the three-dimensional curvilinear coordinates, or in terms of the Cartesian coordinates
h } . Let h := /xh (hence h := /xh )
h = (xh ) {
xh1 , x
h2 , x
3 , of the same point x
i
i
5.2. Piezoelectric shallow arch in Cartesian coordinates
129
and ih will stand for the differential operator / xhi . In an analogous way, we denote by
h , h a function defined in h and a function defined in ,
h a function defined in
related by
= (xh ); xh = h (x).
h (
xh ) = h (xh ) = (x),
x
5.2
Three-dimensional equations of a linearly piezoelectric clamped Shallow Arch in Cartesian coordinates
h } .
We now review the formulation of the linearly piezoelectric problem in the set {
h
We assume that the shallow arch, whose reference configuration is
, is clamped on the
h
h
h
h , to a
portion = and submitted to a mechanical volume force of density f in
dD
h and to a surface force ph on the end

h . We denote
mechanical surface force g
h on
N
L
h
h
the outward unit normal to by n

. An electric potential is applied on the left end,
0,h
h =
h0
h .
with value 0 , and on the right end, with value L,h
0 , which means that
eD
The left end of the beam is weakly clamped, and therefore the boundary condition (3.2),
introduced in Chapter 3, is also assumed.
h
Then, the body undergoes a mechanical displacement field u
h = (
uhi ) :
R3 and
h
an electrical potential h :
R satisfying the following equilibrium equations:
h , h ) = fi in
ih
ijh (u
h h h h
, ) n
ij (u
j = gih on
h , h )
i3
(u
= phi on
h
h (u
kh D
h ) = 0 in
k ,
h
h (u
D
h ) n
k = 0 on
k ,
h
= h0 on
N ,
(5.15)
L
h
h ,
eN
(5.16)
eD
where we denote the second-order strain tensor ehij (

uh ) = 12 (ih uhj + jh uhi ) and electric
vector Ekh (h ) = kh h are linearly related to the piezoelectric stress tensor
h = (
ijh )

130
ends
h ) by the constitutive law :
h = (D
and electric displacement field D
i
h
h = P h
h h + h D
h in
h,
E
3
33
33
3
3 P333
h
h = 2P h
h
h11 D
E
1
131 31 +
1
h,
in
h
h = 2P h
h
h22 D
E
2
232 32 +
2
h,
in
(5.17)
and (no sum on )

h
h
h
h
h
3h in
h,
eh = C33
33
+ C
+ P3
D
h
h
eh12 = 2C1212
12
h,
in
h
h
h h
eh31 = 2C3131
31
+ P131
D1
h,
in
h
h
h h
eh32 = 2C3232
32
+ P232
D2
h,
in
h
h
h
h h
eh33 = C3333
33
+ C33
+ P333
D3
h.
in
(5.18)
These constitutive equations describe piezoelectric materials of crystal class 6mm in which
the components of the elastic, piezoelectric and dielectric material satisfy (cf. (3.8) in
Chapter 3)
h
h
Ciijj
6= 0, Cklkl
6= 0
h
P3
6= 0
for k 6= l
h
h
P3
6= 0, P333
6= 0, hii 6= 0,
(5.19)
(no summation over repeated indices). The remaining coefficients

h
Cijkl
,
h
Pkij
and hij
vanish.
(5.20)
Remark 15 The condition (5.20) is used only when strictly required.

m
The hypothesis (Hm
1 ) and (H2 ), established in Section 2.3.2.3, are also assumed in
this chapter.
Now, we define the following spaces for the admissible displacements and admissible
electric potentials
n
o
h :=
h (
h ) = h H 1 (
h ) : h = 0 on
h =
h
h ,
0
0
eD
0
L

Z
Z

h
h
h
h
h
1
h
3
h
h
h
h
)= v
)] :
=
=0 .
V0,w := V0,w (
[H (
v
d
xi vj xj vi d
h {0}
h {0}
131
h := V h
h and X
h := [L2 (
h )]9 L2 (
h)
We have already defined the spaces X
0,w
0,w
0
1
s
equipped with the norms,

1/2
h 2
h 2
k(
v h , h )kX
h
=
k
v
k
+
k
k
,
h
h)
V
H 1 (
0,w
0,w
h
h
k(
h , d )kX
h |2L2 ( h ) + |d |2L2 ( h )
h = |
1
1/2
respectively, and k
v h kV h = |
eh (
v h )|0, h .
0,w
As in Remark 4 established in Section 3.1.2, we admit the existence of a function

h
h ) such that h = h on
h .
H 1 (
0
eD
h ) is defined by
In addition, the closed convex set on H 1 (
n
o
h :=
h (
h ) = h H 1 (
h ) : h h
h ,
2
2
0
h = V h
h.
and consequently we have X
2,w
0,w
2
Finally we assume the following regularity assumptions on the data:

h
i3
h
i3
h
i3
h
h) , g
hN ) , ph = (
hL ) .
f = (fih ) L2 (
h = (
gih ) L2 (
phi ) L2 (
h ) the equations (5.17) and by

To obtain the mixed problem, we multiply by dhk L2 (
h
h ) in (5.18). If we multiply the first equation of (5.15) and (5.16) by v
ijh L2 (
h V0,w
h , respectively, and integrate over
h and apply the divergence theorem, then
and h
0
we obtain the Hellinger-Reissner mixed variational formulation of problem (5.15)-(5.18):

h ), (
Find ((
h, D
uh , h )) such that
hX
h ,
h ), (
((
h, D
uh , h )) X
1
2,w
h
h
h
h,
h ), (
a
hH ((
h, D
h , d )) + bhH ((
h , d ), (
uh , h )) = 0,
(
h , d ) X
1
h
h
h ,
h ), (
bH ((
h , D
v h , h )) = lH
(
v h , h ),
(
v h , h ) X
0,w
(5.21)

132
ends
where
h
h ), (
a
hH ((
h, D
h , d ))

h
h
h h
Cijklkl + Pkij Dk ijh d

xh
+
h h
bh ((
v h , h )) =
H , d ), (
h h
lh (
H v , ) =

h
h
h dh d
Pkij
ijh + hkl D
l
k x ,
ehij (
v h ) d
xh
ijh
fih vih d
xh
gih
vih
h
d
(5.22)
dhk Ekh (h ) d
xh ,
(5.23)
h.
phi vih d
(5.24)
h X
h is the unique
h ), (
As we mentioned in Chapter 3, the pair ((
h, D
uh , h )) X
1
2,w
solution of the problem (5.21)-(5.24).
5.2.1
Formulation in curvilinear coordinates
Now our objective is to transform the problem (5.21)-(5.24) expressed in Cartesian coordinates into another problem in curvilinear coordinates. We define the transformation
from the old to the new test functions,
h )]3 v h = v
v
h [H 1 (
h h [H 1 (h )]3 ,
h ) h = h h H 1 (h ),
h H 1 (
h h
h (
h ) and
h (
h ), and
which in turn induce a bijection between the spaces V0,w
( ),
0
2
the respectively spaces defined by

n
o

3
h
h
V0,w
= V0,w
(h ) = v h H 1 (h ) : hvih |h0 = 0 ,

h0 = h0 (h ) = h H 1 (h ) : h = 0 on heD ,

h2 = h2 (h ) = h H 1 (h ) : h h h0 .
h
h
We define the spaces X h0,w = V0,w
h0 , X h1 = [L2 (h )]9s L2 (h ) and X h2,w = V0,w
h2 .
The transformation h implies the following relations:
h is given in terms of the volume

h = h (xh )
(a) The volume element d
xh at x
element dxh at xh h by
d
xh = oh (xh ) dxh .
(5.25)
133
h and h is given by
(b) The area of elements along
h = oh (xh )
d
oh (xh )dh
q
h
h
h
d = o (x ) bh3i (xh )bh3i (xh )dh

where
on hN ,
(5.26)
on h0 hL ,
(5.27)
q
o (x ) = bhi (xh )nh (xh )bhi (xh )nh (xh ).
h
(5.28)
Consequently, we have from (5.14) the relations (see Alvarez-Dios

& Via
no [1998])
h = oh (xh )
d
oh (xh )dh
h = dh
d
on hN ,
(5.29)
on h0 hL .
(5.30)
(c) Using the formulas

kh h (
xh ) = bhkj jh h (xh )
jh vih (
xh ) = bhkj (xh ) kh vih (xh ),
(5.31)
and the following definitions

1
ehij (v h ) = (bhki kh vjh + bhkj kh vih ),
2
Eih ( h ) = bhkj kh h ,
v h V0,w (h ),
h 0 (h ),
(5.32)
(5.33)
we obtain ehij (
v h ) = ehij (v h ) and Eih (h ) = Eih ( h )
From all these above, the next theorem follows, which gives a new formulation of the
piezoelectric problem in curvilinear coordinates (cf. Alvarez-Dios

& Via
no [1998]).
h {h } be a C 1 -diffeomorphism satisfying the orientation preTheorem 17 h :

serving condition
for all xh h . Then the field

(
uh (xh ) = u
xh ),
oh (xh ) > 0,

h , D h , (uh , h ) X h1 X h2,w defined by
h (xh ) = h (
xh ),
h (
h (xh ) =
xh ),
h (
D h (xh ) = D
xh ),

134
ends
h } , satisfies the following variational problem:
for all x
h = h (xh ) {

Find h , Dh , (uh , h ) X h1 X h2,w such that

ahH h , D h , ( h , dh ) + bhH h , dh , uh , h = 0,
for all h , dh X h ,
1

h
(v h , h ),
bhH h , Dh , v h , h = lH
(5.34)
(5.35)
for all v h , h X h ,
0,w
where
h ), ( h , dh ))
ahH ((
h, d

h
h h
Cijkl
klh + Pkij
dk ijh oh (xh ) dxh
Z
+
h ), (v h , h ))
bhH ((
h, d
h
lH
(v h , h )
fih
=
vih
Z
h

h h
Pkij
ij + hkl dhl dhk oh (xh ) dxh ,
ijh ehij (v h )oh (xh )dxh

h
o (x )dx
h
N
h
L
dhk Ekh ( h )oh (xh )dxh ,
(5.36)
(5.37)
gih vih oh (xh )

oh (xh )dh
phi vih oh (xh )dh ,
(5.38)
where f h = (fih ) : h R3 , g h = (gih ) : hN R3 and ph = (phi ) : hL R3 are given by

fih (xh ) = fih (
xh )
h,
for all x
h = h (xh )
h ,
gih (xh ) = gih (
xh ) for all x
h = h (xh )
N
phi (xh ) = phi (
xh )
h ,
for all x
h = h (xh )
L
and the constants characterizing the material satisfy (see (5.19)
h
h
Cklij
(xh ) = Cklij
(
xh ),
h
h
Pkij
(xh ) = Pkij
(
xh ),
h h
ij (x ) = hij (
xh ),
xh = h (xh ), xh h .
5.3
135
Transformation into a problem posed over a domain independent of h; fundamental scalings of

the unknowns and assumptions on the data
As usual, our first task is to define a problem equivalent to problem (5.34)-(5.38), but now
posed over a domain that does not depend on h. For such, we use the transformation (3.28)
introduced in Chapter 3, and consequently the scalings (3.36)-(3.39) to the unknowns and
R
the assumptions (3.40)-(3.43) on the data. The scalings for the functions bij (h) :
R are defined by:
and o(h) :
bij (h)(x) := bhij (xh ),
o(h)(x) := oh (xh ),
o(h)(x) := oh (xh ),
(5.39)
Let the function h be such that

for all xh = h (x), x .
h (x3 ) = h (x3 ) for all x3 [0, L]
(5.40)
where C 3 [0, L] is independent of h.
Using the scalings and the assumptions on the data, we can recast the variational
problem (5.34)-(5.38) in the following equivalent form.

Find a pair (((h), D(h)) , (u(h), (h))) X 1 X 2,w such that
aH,0 (((h), D(h)), ( , d)) + h2 aH,2 (((h), D(h)), ( , d))
+h4 aH,4 (((h), D(h)), ( , d)) + bH (( , d), (u(h), (h))) = 0,
for all ( , d) X ,
1
bH (((h), D(h)), (v, )) = lH (v, ),
for all (v, ) X ,

0,w
(5.41)
(5.42)
where aH,i (, ) : X 1 X 1 R and b (, ) : X 1 X 0,w R are the following bilinear

forms,
bH (( , d), (v, )) =
( , d)) =
aH,4 ((
, d),
ij eij (v) o(h)dx
C o(h)dx,
dk Ek ()o(h)dx,

136
ends
Z
Z

( , d)) =
aH,2 ((
, d),
C33 33 + P3 d3 o(h)dx + C33 33 o(h)dx
+2
( , d)) =
aH,0 ((
, d),
+

2C33 3 + P3 d 3 o(h)dx
P3 d3 o(h)dx +

2P3 3 + d d o(h)dx,
C3333 33 + P333 d3 33 o(h)dx

P333 33 + 33 d3 d3 o(h)dx,
and the linear form lH () : X 0,w R reads

lH (v, ) =
fi vi o(h) dx
gi vi o(h) o(h) d
pi vi o(h) d,
(5.43)
and

0 () = H 1 () : = 0 on eD ,

2 () = H 1 () : 0 0 () ,
o
n
1
3
V0,w () = v H () : hvi = 0 on dD .
(5.44)
(5.45)
(5.46)
The pair (((h), D(h)) , (u(h), (h))) can also be characterized as the unique solution
of this problem thanks to the Lions-Stampachias theorem and the Lax-Milgrams Lemma.
In the next three theorems there will be established some geometrical, mechanical
and electrical preliminaries needed in the sequel for the asymptotic analysis of linearly
piezoelectric shallow arches. The geometrical preliminaries results are due to Alvarez-Dios
& Via
no [1998] and are summarized in the next two Lemmas.
Lemma 10 (Alvarez-Dios
& Via
no [1998]) Let h C3 (0, L; R3 ) be such that its
Frenet trihedron (t,h , n,h , b,h ) is a positively oriented basis of R3 and satisfies Frenet
equations for curvature h and torsion h . If h satisfies (5.40) then, for all h > 0, we
have:
{Ah }r = 1 + h2 s0 (h, ), r R,
h = h{c + h2 s1 (h, )}, h = d + h2 s2 (h, ),
2
n,h
1 = b1 + h s3 (h, ),
,h
2
2
n,h
2 = b2 + h s4 (h, ), n3 = h{h1 + h s5 (h, )}

2
b,h
1 = b2 + h s6 (h, ),
137
2
b,h
2 = b1 + h s7 (h, ),
2
b,h
3 = h{h2 + h s8 (h, )},
,h
,h
2
2
2
t,h
1 = h{t1 + h s9 (h, )} t2 = h{t2 + h s10 (h, )}, t3 = t3 + h s11 (h, ),
where si , i = 1, . . . , 11, are uniformly bounded constants on h > 0:

sup
max
h>0
x3 [0,L]
|si (h, )(x3 )| < +,
(5.47)
and c, d, b , h and ti are functions defined in [0, L], independent of h and satisfying the
following properties:
(H1b ) b21 + b22 = 1,
(H2b ) b1 h1 b2 h2 = t1 = 1 ,
(H3b ) b1 h2 + b2 h1 = t2 = 2 ,
(H4b ) b1 = d b2 ,
b2 = d b1 .
Moreover, if 1 (x3 )2 (x3 ) 6= 0 for all x3 [0, L], then we have (x3 ) 6= 0, for all h > 0
and for all x3 [0, L], and also
c=
(1 )2 + (2 )2 ,
(5.48)
b = /c,
h1 =
(5.49)
1 1 + 2 2
,
c
t = ,
d=
h2 =
1 2 2 1
,
c
t3 = 1,

1
2 2 1
.
c2
(5.50)
(5.51)
(5.52)
We note that the limits of these functions for h = 0 are functions of x3 [0, L] only, i.e.,
the limits are independent of the transversal variable x .
Lemma 11 (Alvarez-Dios
& Via
no [1998]) There exists h0 = h0 (, c, d, b , h ) such
h
h and for all h h0 ,
that the Jacobian matrix h (xh ) is non-singular for all xh
h and
and h is an orientation-preserving map for all h h0 . We have for all xh
for all h h0 :
o(h) = 1 + h2 o# (h, ),
o(h) = 1 + h2 o# (h, ),
3 #
b(h)(x) = C 0 (x) + hC 1 (x) + h2 C #
2 (h, )(x) + h C 3 (h, )(x),
(5.53)
(5.54)

138
ends
where
b1 (x3 )
b2 (x3 ) 0
C 0 (x) = b2 (x3 ) b1 (x3 ) 0 ,
0
0
1
0
0
h1 (x3 ) + x2 d(x3 )
C 1 (x) = 0
0
h2 (x3 ) x1 d(x3 ) ,
t1 (x3 ) t2 (x3 )
0
#
#
b (h, ) b12 (h, )
0
11
#
#
C#
(h,
)(x)
=
b
(h,
)
b
(h,
)
0
,
2
21
22
#
0
0
b33 (h, )
0
0
b#
(h,
)
13
#
C#
(h,
)(x)
=
0
0
b
(h,
)
,
3
23
#
#
b31 (h, )(x) b32 (h, )
0
(5.55)
(5.56)
(5.57)
(5.58)
and there exists a constant C0 () such that

sup
0<hh0
max max |b#

ij (h, )(x)| C0 (),
i,j
sup
0<hh0
sup
0<hh0
max |o# (h, )(x)| C0 (),
max |
o# (h, )(x)| C0 ().
(5.59)
(5.60)
(5.61)
h with
Using all these results we establish a relation for the electric vector field in
respect to the electric vector field in h and complete the Lemma 4.4. introduced by
Alvarez-Dios
& Via
no [1998].
h ), and vh , (h) H 1 () be related by the

Lemma 12 Let the functions vih , h H 1 (
i
bijection vih = vih h , h = h h H 1 (h ) and the scalings
v (h)(x) = h vh (xh ), v3 (h)(x) = v3h (xh ), (h)(x) = h (xh ),
139
h } . Then
h = h (h (x)) {
for all x

h = h1
1 h x

h = h1
2 h x
(b1 1 b2 2 ) + h2 1 3 + h2 b#
1 (h, )
+h4 b#
31 (h, )3
(b2 1 + b1 2 ) + h2 2 3 + h2 b#
(h,
)
+h4 b#
32 (h, )3
(x),
(5.62)
(x),
(5.63)
o
n
h = (h1 + x2 d)1 + (h2 x1 d)2 + 3 + h2 b#
3 h x
(h,
)
(x),
i
i3
(b1 1 v b2 2 v ) + h2 1 3 v + h2 b#

1 (h, ) v
h
h
2
=h
1 v x
(x),
+h4 b#
(h,
)
v
3
31
2
2 #
(b
v
)
+
h
v
+
h
b
(h,
)
v

1 1 3
2 2 3
3
1 3 3
1
h = h1
1 v3h x
(x),
+h4 b#
(h,
)
v
3 3
31
(b2 1 v + b1 2 v ) + h2 2 3 v + h2 b#
(h,
)
v
2
h
h
2
=h
2 v x
(x),
+h4 b#
(h,
)
v
3
32
2
2 #
(b2 1 v3 + b1 2 v3 ) + h 2 3 v3 + h b2 (h, ) v3

h
h
1
=h
2 v3 x
(x),
+h4 b#
32 (h, )3 v3
v
+
(h
+
x
d)
v
+
(h
x
d)
v

3
1
2
1
2
1
2
h = h1
3 vh x
(x),
+h2 b# (h, ) v
i3
(5.64)
(5.65)
(5.66)
(5.67)
(5.68)
(5.69)
o
n
h = 3 v3 + (h1 + x2 d)1 v3 + (h2 x1 d)2 v3 + h2 b#
3 v3h x
(h,
)
v
i 3 (x).
i3
(5.70)
Consequently, we obtain
Eh (h )(
xh ) = h1 {E (h)()}(x),
h (h )(
E
xh ) = E3 (h)()(x),
3
(5.71)
and
where
eh (
v h )(
xh ) = h2 {e (h)(v)}(x),
eh3 (
v h )(
xh ) = h1 {e3 (h)(v)}(x) (v) ,
eh (
h
xh ) = e33 (h)(v)(x),
33 v )(
eij (h)(v) = eij (v) + h2 e#

ij (h, ; v),
Ei (h)() = Ei () + h2 Ei# (h, ; ),
(5.72)
(5.73)

140
ends
with eij (v) and Ei () given by
E1 () = (b1 1 b2 2 ),
E2 () = (b2 1 + b1 2 ),
(5.74)
E3 () = [(h1 + x2 d)1 + (h2 x1 d)2 + 3 ] ,
(5.75)
e11 (v) = b1 1 v1 b2 2 v1 ,
(5.76)
e22 (v) = b2 1 v2 + b1 2 v2 ,
1
[b1 (1 v2 + 2 v1 ) + b2 (1 v1 2 v2 )] ,
2
1
e13 (v) = [b1 1 v3 b2 2 v3 + 3 v1 + (h1 + x2 d)1 v1 + (h2 x1 d)2 v1 ] ,
2
1
e23 (v) = [b2 1 v3 + b1 2 v3 + 3 v2 + (h1 + x2 d)1 v2 + (h2 x1 d)2 v2 ] ,
2
e12 (v) =
e33 (v) = 3 v3 + (h1 + x2 d)1 v3 + (h2 x1 d)2 v3 ,
(5.77)
(5.78)
(5.79)
(5.80)
#
and e#
ij (h, ; v) and Ei (h, ; ) defined by

2 #
E1# (h, ; ) = 1 3 + b#
(h,
)
+
h
b
(h,
)
3
1
31

2 #
E2# (h, ; ) = 2 3 + b#
(h,
)
+
h
b
(h,
)
3
2
32
E3# (h, ; ) = b#
i3 (h, )i ,
(5.81)
(5.82)
(5.83)
2 #
e#
11 (h, ; v) = 1 3 v1 + b1 (h, ) v1 + h b31 (h, )3 v1 ,
#
#
v
+
v
+
b
(h,
)
v
+
b
(h,
)
v
2
1
1
2
2 3 1
1 1 3 2
,
e#
12 (h, ; v) =
2
+h2 b# (h, ) v + h2 b# (h, ) v
31
3 2
32
(5.84)
(5.85)
3 1
2 #
e#
22 (h, ; v) = 2 3 v2 + b2 (h, ) v2 + h b32 (h, )3 v2 ,

1
#
#
2 #
e#
(h,
;
v)
=
v
+
b
(h,
)
v
+
b
(h,
)
v
+
h
b
(h,
)
v
3 3
3
i
3 3 ,
3
3
i3
2
#
e#
33 (h, ; v) = bi3 (h, )i v3 .
(5.86)
(5.87)
(5.88)
Furthermore, there exists a constant c1 () such that

sup
0<hh0
sup
0<hh0
max |e#
ij (h, ; v)|0, C1 ()kvk1, ,
(5.89)
max |Ei# (h, ; )|0, C1 ()kk1, .
(5.90)
i,j
141
Proof. From (5.62) we get

1 h (xh ) = bk1 (xh )kh h = b11 (xh )1h h + b21 (xh )2h h + b31 (xh )3h h .
Using the scalings established in Chapter 3 to the unknowns as well as the two last
Lemmas, we obtain (5.62)-(5.64), and consequently (5.71) where the tensors E and
E # (h, ; ) are defined by (5.73), (5.74)-(5.75) and (5.81)-(5.83). Due to Lemma 11, in
particular the inequality (5.59), we obtain
n
o
h
h
1
2 #
4 #
1 (
x )=h
(b1 1 b2 2 ) + h r 1 (h, ; ) + h s1 (h, ; ) (x),
(5.91)
n
o
4 #
2 h (
xh ) = h1 (b2 1 + b1 2 ) + h2 r #
(h,
;
)
+
h
s
(h,
;
)
(x),
2
2
n
o
xh ) = (h1 + x2 d)1 + (h2 x1 d)2 + 3 + h2 r#
(h,
;
)
(x),
3 h (
3
and show that there exists a constant C1 () such that

sup
0<hh1
max |r #
i (h, ; )|0, +
i
sup
max
0<hh1
|s#
(h, ; )|0,
(5.92)
C1 ()kk1, .
Consequently, we deduce a new formulation for the scaled three-dimensional problem

of a linearly piezoelectric shallow arch.
Theorem 18 Let the scalings to the unknown and to the data be as above. Then, for each
h h0 , the scaled unknown (((h), D(h)) , (u(h), (h))) satisfies the following variational
problem (cf. (5.41)-(5.43)):
Find a pair (((h), D(h)) , (u(h), (h))) X 1 X 2,w such that
h4 aH,4 (((h), D(h)), ( , d)) + h2 aH,2 (((h), D(h)), ( , d))
+aH,0 (((h), D(h)), ( , d)) + h2 aH (h, ) (((h), D(h)), ( , d))
+bH (( , d), (u(h), (h))) + h2 b#
H (h, ) (( , d), (u(h), (h))) = 0
for all ( , d) X ,
1
(5.93)

142
ends
bH (((h), D(h)), (v, )) + h2 b#
H (h, ) (((h), D(h)), (v, ))
#
(5.94)
= lH
(v, ) + h2 lH
(h, )(v, )
for all (v, ) X ,

0
where the continuous bilinear and linear forms are expressed by

Z
bH (( , d), (v, ))
ij eij (v) dx
dk Ek ()dx,
Z
( , d)) =
aH,4 ((
, d),
C dx,
Z
Z
( , d)) =
aH,2 ((
, d),
C33 33 + P3 d3 dx + C33 33 dx
Z
Z

+2
2C33 3 + P3 d 3 dx
P3 d3 dx
Z

+
2P3 3 + d d dx,
and
Z

=
C3333 33 + P333 d3 33 dx +
Z
Z
Z
lH (v, ) = fi vi dx
gi vi d
pi vi d.
( , d))
aH,0 ((
, d),

P333 33 + 33 d3 d3 dx,
#
#
The bounded bilinear forms b#
H (h, )(, ),aH (, ) and the linear form lH (h, ) are defined
by
b#
H (h, )(( , d), (v, ))
( , d))
a#
, d),
H ((
Z
=h
ij eij (v) o (h, )dx
C o dx + h
#
dk Ek ()o# (h, )dx,
(5.95)
P3 d3 o# dx

C33 33 P3 d3 o# dx + 2h2
2C33 3 P3 d 3 o# dx
Z
Z

+ h2 C33 33 o# dx + h2
2P3 3 + h2 d d o# dx
Z
Z

#
+
C3333 33 P333 d3 33 o dx +
P333 33 + 33 d3 d3 o# dx,
(5.96)
Z
Z
#
#
lH (h, )(v, ) = fi vi o (h, )dx
gi vi [o# (h, ) + o# (h, )]d
N
Z
Z
#
2
pi vi o (h, )d h
gi vi o# (h, )
o# (h, )d.
(5.97)
+ h2
5.4. Generalized Korns and Poincar

es inequalities
143
Applying inequalities (5.60) and (5.61), it is easy to verify that the last bilinear and linear
forms are bounded.
5.4
Generalized Korns and Poincar

es inequalities
Let us denote by VBN

() the space of generalized Bernoulli-Navier displacement defined
by
n
o
VBN
= VBN
() = v V0,w : e (v) = e3 (v) = 0 ,
which can be equivalently defined by (see Alvarez-Dios

& Via
no [1998])

VBN
= v : R3 : v (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ), V02 (0, L),
where
and

v3 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 3 (x3 ) b (x1 , x2 , x3 ) (x3 ), 3 V01 (0, L) ,

V01 (0, L) = H 1 (0, L) : (0) = 0 ,

V02 (0, L) = H 2 (0, L) : (0) = (0) = 0 ,
b1 (x1 , x2 , x3 )
b2 (x1 , x2 , x3 )
b1 (x3 ) b2 (x3 )
b2 (x3 ) b1 (x3 )
x1
x2
(5.98)
(5.99)
(5.100)
b = p
,
(1 )2 + (2 )2
(5.101)
(5.102)
b21 + b22 = 1.
(5.103)
This space is endowed with the norm |v|V := |e33 (v)|0, .

BN
In Alvarez-Dios
& Via
no [1998] we can see the proof of the following equivalence
between the norms
|v|V
BN

= e33 (v)
0,
C2 () kvk1, ,
v VBN
.
In addition, the admissible electric potential spaces are defined by

n
o
2
2
:= () = L () : Ei () L () ,
(5.104)

144
ends
and

0 := 0 () = () : = 0 on eD = 0 L ,
respectively, equipped with norm
kk =
X 2
||2 +
Ek ()
0,
)1/2
Theorem 19 Let be a domain in R3 and let eD be such that meas (eD ) > 0.
Then, there exists a constant C3 () such that
||
0

:= E ()
0,
(
)1/2
X 2
=
C3 () kk1, ,
Ek ()
k
0 .
0,
(5.105)
Proof. We proceed in several steps:

(i) Firstly, we need to prove that the spaces and H 1 () coincide. Clearly, H 1 ()
. To establish the other inclusion, let . Since , Ek () L2 () and due to

relations (5.74)-(5.75), then
b1
b2

2 =
b2
b1
0

3
(h1 + x2 d) (h2 x1 d) 1
1

11
b1 b2 0
0

12 0
0 b2 b2

=

21 b2 b1 0
0

0
0 b2 b1
22
E1 ()

E () H 1 () 3 ,
2
E3 ()
1 E1 ()
2 E1 ()
4
1
.
H
()
1 E2 ()
2 E2 ()
Given the regularity of (the assumption C 3 [0, L]) we have that H 1 () .
Now, deriving (5.75) with respect to the variables x1 and x2 , respectively, we deduce from
previous conditions that
31 = (h1 + x2 d)11 + (h2 x1 d)22 1 E3 (),
32 = (h1 + x2 d)12 + (h2 x1 d)22 2 E3 (),
5.4. Generalized Korns and Poincar

es inequalities
145
and consequently 3 H 1 (). Using similar arguments we deduce that

33 = (h1 + x2 d)13 + (h2 x1 d)23 3 E3 () H 1 ().
In work of Duvaut & Lions [1976], it is shown that any H 1 () such that i
H 1() in fact belongs to L2 (), and so (i) is proved.
(ii) It is easy to show that the identity mapping from H 1 () equipped with kk1,
into equipped with kk is continuous, since there clearly exists a constant d such
that kk d1 kk1, for all H 1 (), and surjective, thanks to the step (i). The
inverse mapping H 1 () 7 E () is continuous, that is
kk1, d2 kk
for all ,
or equivalently, such that

||20, + |E ()|20, d1
2 kk1, ,
for all H 1 (). The conclusions thus follows from the closed graph Theorem, since
the space = H 1 () is a Hilbert space when it is equipped with the norm kk .
(iii) We establish that, if 0 satisfies = 0 on 0 L , then = 0. Seminorm

|| is actually a norm over the space . Let us consider any 0 such that || =
|E ()| = 0. From step (i), the condition E () = 0 implies
ij = 0 in .
Solving = 0 with boundary condition = 0 on 0 L , we arrive to
(x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z(x3 ),
z H01 (0, L) .
The condition 33 = 0 gives

z (x3 ) = 0,
and therefore z(x3 ) = c. Since the boundary conditions (x1 , x2 , 0) = (x1 , x2 , L) = 0,
we conclude that c = 0 and (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = 0 as required.
We introduce the space of admissible electric potentials

3 = L2 () : E () = 0 ,

146
ends
which it is equivalently defined by (see next lemma):

3 = : R : (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z(x3 ), z H01 (0, L) .
Lemma 13 Let 0 . Then, the following conditions are equivalent:

(i) E () = 0,
(ii) 3 .
Proof. It is clear that every element of 3 satisfies (i). Conversely, if 0 satisfies
(i), then from conditions (5.74) we deduce
b1 1 b2 2 = 0,
(5.106)
b2 1 + b1 2 = 0.
(5.107)
Combining (5.106) and (5.107) we obtain

b1 (1 2 ) b2 (2 + 1 ) = 0,
(5.108)
b2 (1 2 ) + b1 (1 + 2 ) = 0.
(5.109)
Multiplying equations (5.108) by b1 (respectively by b2 ) and (5.109) by b2 (respectively

by b1 ) and after algebraic manipulations, we obtain
1 2 = 0,
1 + 2 = 0.
(5.110)
11 12 = 0,
11 + 21 = 0,
(5.111)
21 22 = 0,
12 + 22 = 0.
(5.112)
Deriving with respect to x1 and x2 , one obtain
and
Consequently one has

11 = 22 = 0,
whose solution is given by
(x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z1 (x3 ) + x1 z2 (x3 ) + x2 z3 (x3 ).
147
From (5.110), we deduce

z2 (x3 ) = z3 (x3 ),
z2 (x3 ) = z3 (x3 ).
Consequently there exists a function z depending only on variable x3 such that

(x1 , x2 , x3 ) = z(x3 ).
(5.113)
Since 0 , the boundary conditions give us z H01 (0, L).

Corollary 21 There exists a constant C such that

|| := E3 ()
0,
C kk1, ,
3 .
(5.114)
Corollary 22 There exists a constant C > 0 such that
sup
(,d)X1
5.5

bH (( , d) , (v, ))
|( , d)|
n
o
C kvk21, + kk21,
for all (v, ) VBN
3 .
Convergence of the scaled unknowns as h 0.
Repeating the argument used in Section 3.3, we can see that the scaled unknowns
(u(h), (h)) given in problem (5.41)-(5.43) converge in [H 1 ()]3 H 1 () as h 0 toward a limit (u, ) and this limit can be identified with the solution of a one-dimensional
variational problem, which will be later identified.
5.5.1
Weak convergence
The following weak convergence hold.
Proposition 7 There exists C > 0, independent of h, such that for all 0 < h 1 the
solution (((h), D(h)), (u(h), (h))) of problem (5.41)-(5.43) verifies
|33 (h)|0, C(),
h |3 (h)|0, C(),
h |D (h)|0, C(),
|D3 (h)|0, C(),
k(u(h), (h))k
X0,w C(),
h2 | (h)|0, C(),
k(u(h), (h))kX2,w C().
(5.115)
(5.116)
(5.117)

148
ends
Proof. Replacing ( , d) by (S(h), T (h)), with
S33 (h) = 33 (h),
S (h) = h2 (h),
S3 (h) = h3 (h),
T (h) = hD (h),
T3 (h) = D3 (h),
(5.118)
(5.119)
in the first equation of (5.41), it reads

a ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h))) := aH,0 ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h)))
+ aH,2 ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h))) + aH,4 ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h)))
= bH ((S(h), T (h)), (u(h), (h)))
or, equivalently, we have
bH ((S(h), T (h)), (u(h), (h))) =
+

(C3333 S33 (h)S33 (h) + 33 T3 (h)T3 (h) o(h)dx

C33 S (h)S33 (h) + 4C33 S3 (h)S3 (h) o(h)dx
C33 S33 (h)S (h)o(h)dx +
T (h)T (h)o(h)dx
C S (h)S (h)o(h)dx.
Using the estimate on |o# (h, )(x)| and the estimates on |

o# (h, )(x)| established in
Lemma 11, the properties of the coefficients of the material and the inequality
o# (h, )
#
2o (h, )
h
2
h,
(5.120)
we infer, from the two last equations, that

a ((S(h), T (h)), (S(h), T (h)))
Z

1
3
C1 2 C2 h
[Sij (h)Sij (h) + Tk (h)Tk (h)] dx
12 C2 h
[Sij (h)Sij (h) + Tk (h)Tk (h)] o# (h, )
2

C1 12 C2 h3 12 C2 hC0 () |(S(h), T (h))|20, .
dx
(5.121)
149
Setting (v, ) = (u(h), (h) )

X 0,w in equation of (5.42), one obtain
bH ((S(h), T (h)), (u(h), (h)) + (h)))
=
+
+
gi ui(h)(1 + h2 o# )(1 + h2 o# )d +
fi ui(h)(1 + h2 o# )dx
pi ui (h)(1 + h2 o# )d
(5.122)
D3 (h)E3 ()(1
+ h2 o# )dx.
Using the estimates (5.60) and (5.61) for o# and o# , respectively, the Youngs inequality
2
2ab am + mb2 for m > 0 and the fact that fi L2 (), gi L2 (N ), pi L2 (L ) and
H 1 (0, L), we obtain
bH ((S(h), T (h)), (u(h), (h)))

C3 + h2 C0 () (kf k0, + kgk0, + kpk0, ) ku(h)k1,

+ C4 + h2 C0 () k(h)k
1,(0,L) kD3 (h)k0,

2
(C5 + h2 C5 ()) k(u(h), (h))k
X0,w + C46 + h C6 () kD3 (h)k0,

(C5 + h2 C5 ()) k(u(h), (h))k
X0,w +
(C6 + h2 C6 ())2
+ mkT3 (h)k20, .
2m
Combining the previous inequality with (5.121), we deduce the existence of h7 small
enough, when m is large enough, and of constant C7 () such that
k(S(h), T (h))k2X1 C7 () k(u(h), (h))k
X0,w ,
if 0 < h h7 .
(5.123)

X1 in equation (5.41) we get
Now, putting ( , d) = e, E
(u(h), (h)))
(u(h), (h))) + bH ((e , E),
(0, (h)))
bH ((e , E),
= bH ((e , E),
+ bH ((e , E),
(0, (h))),
= a ((S(h), T (h)), (e, E))
(5.124)
and taking into account bound (5.60) for o# (h, ) and the fact that 0 < h 1 we
guarantee the existence of h9 small enough and of constant C9 () satisfying

(u(h), (h)))
C8 ()(k(S(h), T (h))k
bH ((e, E),
X1
0,
+ 1)k(e, E)k
(C9 () k(S(h), T (h))kX1 + C9 ()) k(u(h), (h))k
X0,w ,
(5.125)

150
ends
thanks to inequalities (5.89), (5.90) and (5.105). On the other hand, we have
Z
| bH ((e, E),(u(h),
(h)))|
=
eij (h)(u(h))eij (h)(u(h))o(h)dx
Z
+
Ek ((h))E
k ((h))o(h)dx
Z n
o2
=
eij (h)(u(h)) + h2 e#
(h,
;
u)
(1 + h2 o# (h, ))dx
ij
Z
o2
n
2 #
+
Ek ((h))
+ h Ek (h, ; (h))
(1 + h2 o# (h, ))dx
(5.126)
By Alvarez-Dios
& Via
no [1998] we have
|eij (h)(u(h))|20,
eij (h)(u(h))eij (h)(u(h)) dx

Z n
o2
2 #
=
eij (h)(u(h)) + h eij (h, ; u) dx C10 () ku(h)k21, .
(5.127)
Using the same argument and applying (5.105), we prove the existence of h11 small enough
and C11 () such that
2
|Ek (h)((h))|
0,
Z n
Ek ((h))
+h
Ek# (h, ; (h))
o2
dx
h3 #
h
#
2
2
2
4
2
|E
(
(h))|
|E (h, ; (h))|
|Ek ((h))|
+
h
|E
(h,
;
(h))|
0,
0,
0,
0,
k
2 k
2 k
1
h3 #
2
2
|Ek ((h))|
|Ek (h, ; (h))|
0,
0,
2
2
)
(

2
1
1
h3
2
2
[C1 ()]2 k(h)k
(5.128)
1,,
1, C11 ()k(h)k
2 C3 ()
2
if 0 < h h11 . Therefore, we prove the existence of h13 small enough and C13 () such
that
Z

Z
2
2
(u(h), (h)))|
| bH ((e, E),
C12 ()
(eij (u(h))) dx + (Ek ((h)))
dx
2
C13 ()k(u(h), (h)k
X 0,w ,
if 0 < h h13 .
(5.129)
Combining (5.125) with (5.129), and applying Babuska-Brezzi condition, we deduce the
existence of h14 small enough and C14 () such that
k(u(h), (h))k
X0,w

(u(h), (h)))
bH ((e, E),

k(u(h), (h))kX0,w
C14 () k(S(h), T (h))kX1 ,
151
if 0 < h h14 . The previous inequality together with (5.123) allows to obtain,
k(u(h), (h))k
X0,w C(),
(5.130)
k(u(h), (h))kX2,w = k(u(h), (h))
+ (0, (h))k
X2,w
k(u(h), (h))k
X 0,w + k(h)k
1,(0,L) C()
(5.131)
The weak convergence of (S(h), T (h)) follows by (5.123) and (5.131).

Corollary 23 We assume hypothesis (5.40), conditions (HC1)-(HC3) for h and
(t,h , n,h , b,h ) and that coefficients Ad33 (
33 C33 + P333 P3 ) and Ad33 (P333 C33 + 33 P3 )
do not depend on x . Then, there exists a subsequence, still parameterized by h, and there
9
3
exist u V0,w , [L2 ()]s , L2 () and D [L2 ()] , such that the following weak
convergence hold when h tends to zero:
in L2 ()
(5.132)
in L2 ()
(5.133)
u(h) u,
in V0,w (),
(5.134)
(h) ,
in 2,w (),
(5.135)
(h)
in 0,w ().
(5.136)
33 (h) 33 ,
h3 (h) 3 ,
hD (h) D ,
h2 (h) ,
D3 (h) D3 ,
with the following properties:

Z
e (v)d = 0, for all v = (v1 , v2 , 0) V0,w (),
(5.137)
d =
(5.138)
x d = 0,
e33 (u) = C33 + C3333 33 + P333 D3 ,
(5.139)
e3 (u) = e (u) = 0
(5.140)
E3 () = P3 P333 33 + 33 D3 ,
(5.141)
E () = 0,
(5.142)
e#
(h, ; u) = C + C33 33 + P3 D3 ,
(5.143)
2C33 3 + P3 D = 0,
(5.144)
D 2P3 3 = 0,

152
ends
and the limit variational equations read
Z
Ad33 33 e33 (u)e33 (v)

Z
Ad33 C3333 E3 ()E3 ()
h
i
Ad33 P333 e33 (u)E3 () E3 ()e33 (v) dx
Z

dx
e33 (u)33 + E3 ()d3 dx = 0,
(5.145)
for all 33 , d3 L2 (),

Z
33 e33 (v)
D3 E3 ()
dx =
fi vi dx +
gi vi d +
N
pi vi d,
(5.146)
for all (v, ) VBN

3 ,
where Ad33 =
1
3333 33 +P333 P333 .
C
Proof. From the previous estimates, we conclude the existence of a subsequence

(, D, u, ) verifying (5.132) and (5.136).
On the other hand, using the same ideas as in proof of Proposition 4, and passing to
the limit the first equation of (5.41), we obtain the relations (5.139)-(5.142) in L2 ().
In particular, taking 33 = d3 = 0 in equation (5.42), multiplying by h2 and passing
to the limit, we obtain
e#
(h, ; u) = C + C33 33 + P3 D3 ,
since e3 (u) = e (u) = E () = 0. Setting 33 = = d3 = 0 in equation (5.42) and
multiplying it by h1 and passing to the limit we deduce (5.144).
We multiply equation (5.42) by h2 . Taking the limit when h 0 we obtain (5.137)
when h goes to zero. Choosing now = 0 and the test functions (vi ) V0,w as in
Theorem 5.3. of Alvarez-Dios

& Via
no [1998] in equation (5.42), we obtain immediately
(5.138).
Taking now v VBN

and 3 in (5.42) we obtain
Z
Z
h
i
2 #
2
33 (h) e33 (v) + h e33 (h, ; v) o(h)dx + 2h
3 (h) e#
3 (h, ; v)o(h)dx
Z
Z
#
2
2
+h
(h) e (h, ; v)o(h)dx + h
D (h)E# (h, ; )o(h)dx
Z
h
i
2 #
+ D3 (h) E3 () + h E3 (h, ; ) o(h)dx
Z
Z
Z
=
fi vi o(h)dx +
gi vi o(h)
o(h)d +
pi vi o(h)
o(h)d,

and passing to the limit when h 0, we get
Z
33 e33 (v) dx
+
e#
(h, ; v) dx
gi vi d +
153
D3 E3 () dx
fi vi dx
pi vi d,
which becomes (from (5.84) and (5.86))

Z
33 e33 (v) dx
+
gi vi d +
dx +
D3 E3 () dx
fi vi dx
(5.147)
pi vi d.
From (5.138) we obtain that the second term in the above equation vanishes, and therefore
the previous equation reads.
Z
33 e33 (v) dx
where
33
D3
D3 E3 () dx
C3333 P333
P333 33
fi vi dx +
!1
gi vi d +
pi vi d.
e33 (u) C33

E3 () P3
(5.148)
Applying properties (5.138) and taking into account that the coefficients Ad33 (
33 C33 +
P333 P3 ) and Ad (P333 C33 + 33 P3 ) do not depend on x , we obtain mixed variational
33
problem (5.145)-(5.146).
5.5.2
The asymptotic expansion method
In order to be able to show that the coefficient vanishes in expressions (5.139) and
(5.141), we use now the displacement-electric potential-stress-electric displacement approach instead of the displacement-electric potential approach used in Section 3.4.
We assume that the solution of a problem (5.93)-(5.97) can be expressed as the asymptotic developments
(h) = h4 4 + h2 2 + 0 + h2 2 + . . .
ij L2 (),
D(h) = h4 D4 + h2 D 2 + D 0 + h2 D 2 + . . . ,
(u(h), (h)) = (u0 + h2 u2 + . . . , 0 + h2 2 + . . .),
Dk L2 (),
(5.149)
(5.150)
(5.151)

154
ends
where (u0 , 0 ) X2,w , (up , p ) X 0,w , p 1 and the successive coefficients of the
powers of h are independent of h. The need to start the development with terms in h4
comes from the scaling of (3.36)-(3.39) (see Chapter 3). Inserting these developments into
problems (5.93)-(5.97) results in variational equations that must be satisfied whatever h,
and consequently, the successive powers must be zero. The problems at the successive
orders are
Problem P4 is given by:

aH,0 ( 4 , D 4 ), ( , d) = 0
for all ( , d) X ,
1
Problem P2 is specified by:

bH ( 4 , D4 ), (v, ) = 0
for all (v, ) X .
0,w

2
4
2
4
a
(
,
D
),
(
,
d)
=
a
(
,
D
),
(
,
d)
H,0
H,2

#
aH (h, ) ( 4 , D4 ), ( , d) ,
for all ( , d) X 1 ,

bH ( 2 , D 2 ), (v, ) = 0
for all (v, ) X .
0,w
Problem P0 reads:

aH,0 ( 0 , D0 ), ( , D) = aH,2 ( 2 , D 2 ), ( , d)
aH,4 ( 4 , D4 ), ( , d) bH ((, d), (u0 , 0 ))

a#
(h, ) ( 2 , D 2 ), ( , d) ,
bH ( 0 , D 0 ), (v, ) = lH
(v, ),
for all (v, ) X .
0,w
Problem P2 reads:

2
0
2
0
a
(
,
D
),
(
,
D)
=
a
(
,
D
),
(
,
d)
H,0
H,2
aH,4 ( 2 , D 2 ), ( , D) bH (( , d), (u2 , 2 ))

0
a#
(h,
)
(
,
D
),
(
,
d)
,
n
bH ( 2 , D2 ), (v, ) = lH
(v, ), (v, ) X 0,w .
(5.152)
(5.153)
(5.154)
(5.155)
(5.156)
(5.157)
(5.158)
155
Furthermore, we have
4
= C e (u0 ),
(5.159)
2
0
= C e (u2 ) + C33 e33 (u0 ) P3 E3 (0 ) + C e#

(h, ; u ),
(5.160)
2p
= C e (u2p+4 ) + C33 e33 (u2p+2 ) P3 E3 (2p+2 )

2p+2
+ C e#
),
(h, ; u
p 0,
(5.161)
4
3
= 0,
(5.162)
2
3
= 2C33 e3 (u0 ) P3 E (0 ),
(5.163)
0
3
= 2C33 e3 (u2 ) P3 E (2 ),
(5.164)
2p
3
= 2C33 e3 (u2p+2 ) P3 E (2p+2 ),
p 1,
(5.165)
4
33
= 0,
(5.166)
2
33
= C33 e (u0 ),
(5.167)
0
33
= C33 e (u2 ) + C3333 e33 (u0 ) P333 E3 (0 ),
(5.168)
2p
33
= C33 e (u2p+2 ) + C3333 e33 (u2p ) P333 E3 (2p ),
p 1,
(5.169)
D4 = 0,
(5.170)
D2 = 2P3 e3 (u0 ) + E (0 ),
(5.171)
D0 = 2P3 e3 (u2 ) + E (2 ),
(5.172)
D2p = 2P3 e3 (u2p+2 ) + E (2p+2 ),
p 1,
D34 = 0,
(5.173)
D32 = P3 e (u0 ),
(5.174)
D30 = P3 e (u2 ) + P333 e33 (u0 ) + 33 E3 (0 ),

D32p = P3 e (u2p+2 ) + P333 e33 (u2p ) + 33 E3 (2p ),
(5.175)
p 1.
(5.176)

156
ends
5.5.2.1
Cancelation of the factors of h4 , 4 q 0, in the scaled tensors
In this section we show that the formal expansion of the tensor (5.149) and (5.150) induced
by (5.151) do not contain any negative powers of h.
4
Choosing 33 = 33
and d3 = D34 for the test functions in the first equation of (5.152)
we obtain
4
33
= D34 = 0 in L2 () .
From (5.155) we deduce the following relations in L2 ():

e (u0 ) = 0,
(5.177)
e3 (u0 ) = 0,
(5.178)
2
0
e33 (u0 ) = C33
+ C3333 33
+ P333 D30 ,
(5.179)
E (0 ) = 0,
(5.180)
0
2
P333 33
+ 33 D30 ,
E3 (0 ) = P3
(5.181)
2
2
4
= D32 = 33
= 0, and 3
= D2 = 0.
(5.182)
and consequently
Choosing an appropriate test function in (5.155) we establish the following condition

0
0
0
2
e (u2 ) + e#
(h, ; u ) = C + C33 33 + P3 D3 ,
in L2 () ,
(5.183)
or, equivalently,
0
0
0
2
C
= e (u2 ) + e#
(h, ; u ) C33 33 P3 D3 ,
(5.184)
with Cii33 = P312 = 0 (see Remark 15).

2
Proceeding as in Chapter 3 we now establish that
= 0. For such, we need to prove
V0,w such that
the existence of u

0
0
0
+ e#
e11 (u)
11 (h, ; u ) C1133 33 + P311 D3 = 0
0
,
+ e#
e12 (u)
12 (h, ; u ) = 0

0
0
0
+ e#
e22 (u)
22 (h, ; u ) C2233 33 + P322 D3 = 0
(5.185)
157
to conclude that equation (5.184) becomes,

2
e (
u u2 ) = C
.
(5.186)
Then choosing 3i = 0 and di = 0 in (5.155) we get, after some algebraic manipulations,

0
0
+ e#
C33 33
+ P3 D30 e (u)
(h,
;
u
)

dx = 0,
0
0
+ e#
e (u2 ) + e#
(h, ; u ) + e (u)
(h, ; u )
for all L2 (). After some algebraic manipulations, the previous equation reads
Z h

i
#
0
0
e (u2 ) + e#
(h,
;
u
)
+
e
(
u)
+
e
(h,
;
u
)
dx = 0,
u2 ) we obtain that e (u
u2 ) = 0, and
for all L2 (). Putting = e (u
= u2 . Substituting u
by u2 in (5.186) we get
therefore u
2
= 0.
2
= 0, which is equivalent to saying that u2 satisfies (5.185). Then,
We assume then that
combining the previous equation with the expressions (5.179) and (5.181), we obtain

1133 33 + P311 P333 e33 (u0 )
C
0
d
e11 (u2 ) = e#
0 ,
11 (h, ; u ) + A33
+ C1133 P333 + P311 C3333 E3 ( )
0
e12 (u2 ) = e#
12 (h, ; u ),
e22 (u2 )
0
e#
22 (h, ; u )
with
Ad33
C2233 33 + P322 P333 e33 (u0 )

0 ,
+ C2233 P333 + P322 C3333 E3 ( )
1
.
Ad33 =
C3333 33 + P333 P333
5.5.2.2
(5.187)
(5.188)
(5.189)
(5.190)
Identification of the leading term (u0 , 0 )
Corollary 24 The displacement u0 and the electric potential 0 are given by

0
0
VBN
u0 (x1 , x2 , x3 ) = (x3 ),
V02 (0, L),
u0 (x , x , x ) = (x ) b (x ), V 1 (0, L),
2
3
3 3
3
3 1
3
0
(5.191)

158
ends
0 = z3 , z3 H 1 (0, L),
0 + 3 : 0 (x1 , x2 , 0) = (0)
(5.192)
= 00 ,
0
(x1 , x2 , L) = (L)
= L0 ,
where
b1 (x1 , x2 , x3 )
b2 (x1 , x2 , x3 )
b1 (x3 ) b2 (x3 )
b2 (x3 ) b1 (x3 )
x1
x2
(5.193)
and
b21 + b22 = 1.
(5.194)
Proof. Taking into account relations (5.177)-(5.178) we get expressions (5.191) for the
components of u0 such as in Alvarez-Dios

& Via
no [1998]. Condition (5.192) follows from
equation (5.180) taking into account the electric boundary potentials acting at both ends
of the beam.
Substituting the relations (5.191)-(5.192) into (5.187)-(5.189) and taking into account
the definitions of e (u2 ), equation (5.76), we can evaluate u2 as a function of the field
(s, s , i, z3 ) that it is independent on variables x1 and x2 . The following relationships are
a consequence of previous corollary and they will be used in the next proof
u0 = , u03 = 3 b , V02 (0, L), 3 V01 (0, L),
(5.195)
e33 (u0 ) = 3 b + ,
(5.196)
0 = z3 , z3 H 1 (0, L) and satisfying z3 (0) = 00 , z3 (L) = L0 ,
(5.197)
E3 (0 ) = 3 0 = z3 ,
(5.198)
E3 (0 ) = 3 0 = z3 +
b1 = b1 x1 b2 x2 ,
1 L
( 00 ),
L 0
(5.199)
b2 = b2 x1 + b1 x2 .
(5.200)
Lemma 14 Let u0 VBN

and 0 + 3 be given by (5.191) and (5.192), then every
element u2 L2 () satisfying (5.185) is such that
u21 =
s1 (x3 ) +
1 b
s(x3 )
b1 2
1
x
b1 1
(Cm 3 Ce z3 ) + x1 r 0 (x3 )
+x1 b1 (2 2 1 1 ) x1 b2 (1 2 + 2 1 ) + 1
(5.201)
u22 =
s2 (x3 )
1 b
s(x3 )
b1 1
1
x
b1 2
(Cm 3 Ce z3 ) + x2 r 0 (x3 )
x1 b2 (2 2 1 1 ) x1 b1 (1 2 + 2 1 ) + 2
159
(5.202)
where s , s, z L2 (0, L) are arbitrary functions depending only on the variable x3 and
r 0 (x3 ) =
1
1
Cm (2 2 + 1 1 ) 1 1 b1 (2 2 1 1 ) + b2 (1 2 + 2 1 ) ,
b1
b1
while = ( ) denotes the symmetric matrix with components

11
12
21
22

x21 x22
2
2
= Cm 2b2 b1 x1 x2 +
b1 + b2 ,
2
2

2

x1 x22
2
2
= Cm x1 x2 b2 b1 2b1 b2
,
2
2

2

x2 x21
2
2
= Cm 2b2 b1
+ x2 x1 b1 + b2 ,
2
2
2

x2 x21
2
2
b2 b1 2b1 b2 x2 x1 .
= Cm
2
2
(5.203)
(5.204)
(5.205)
(5.206)
The constants Cm and Ce are given by

Cm = Ad33 C1133 33 + P311 P333 ,

Ce = Ad33 C1133 P333 + P311 C3333 .
Proof. Equations (5.187)-(5.189) become, from (5.76),

0
b1 1 u21 b2 2 u21 = Cm e33 (u0 ) + Ce E3 (0 ) e#
11 (h, ; u ),
(5.207)
0
[b1 (1 u22 + 2 u21 ) + b2 (1 u21 2 u22 )] = 2e#
12 (h, ; u ),
(5.208)
0
b2 1 u22 + b1 2 u22 = Cm e33 (u0 ) + Ce E3 (0 ) e#
22 (h, ; u ).
(5.209)
From (5.207) and (5.209) we get the following relations

b1 1 u21 + 2 u22 + b2 1 u22 2 u21 = 2Cm e33 (u0 ) + 2Ce E3 (0 )
#
0
0
e#
11 (h, ; u ) e22 (h, ; u ),

#
0
0
b1 1 u21 2 u22 b2 2 u21 + 1 u22 = e#
22 (h, ; u ) e11 (h, ; u ).
(5.210)
(5.211)

160
ends
Multiplying both equations (5.210) and (5.211) by b1 and b2 , we get
b1 b2
b21
1 u21
1 u21
2 u22
2 u22
b22
2 u21
b1 b2
2 u21
1 u22
1 u22

#
#
0
0
= b2 e22 (h, ; u ) e11 (h, ; u ) ,

#
#
0
0
= b1 e22 (h, ; u ) e11 (h, ; u ) ,
(5.212)
(5.213)
and, by using equation (5.208), we arrive at the following relations

0
b2 b1 (1 u22 + 2 u21 ) + b22 (1 u21 2 u22 ) = 2b2 e#
12 (h, ; u ),
(5.214)
0
b21 (1 u22 + 2 u21 ) + b1 b2 (1 u21 2 u22 ) = 2b1 e#
12 (h, ; u ),
(5.215)
respectively. Adding up equation (5.213) with (5.214) and subtracting equation (5.215)
to (5.212) we obtain
1 u21
2 u22
h
i
#
#
0
0
0
= b1 e22 (h, ; u ) e11 (h, ; u ) 2b2 e#
12 (h, ; u ),
(5.216)
and
h
i
#
#
0
0
0
2 u21 + 1 u22 = 2b1 e#
(h,
;
u
)
b
e
(h,
;
u
)
e
(h,
;
u
)
.
2
12
22
11
(5.217)
Differentiating (5.216) with respect to x1 and x2 , respectively, and (5.217) in order to

x1 and x2 we obtain the following homogeneous system
11 u21 21 u22 = 0,
(5.218)
12 u21 22 u22 = 0,
(5.219)
21 u21 + 11 u22 = 0,
(5.220)
22 u21 + 12 u22 = 0.
(5.221)
Multiplying (5.207) by b1 and deriving with respect to x1 , we have

b21 11 u21
b1 b2 12 u21
b1 1
1 1
Cm e33 (u0 )
Ce E3 (0 )
and applying (5.219), (5.209) and (5.198), we deduce

b21 11 u21 = b2 2 b1 2 u22 b1 1 1 1 Cm e33 (u0 ) Ce E3 (0 )
= b22 21 u22 + b2 Cm 2 e33 (u0 ) + b1 Cm 1 e33 (u0 ).
(5.222)
161
This expression can be written as follows, from (5.191) and ( 5.194),

11 u21 = Cm

b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 .
(5.223)
Consequently, there exist functions k1 and k2 such that

x21
Cm b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 .
2
u21 = k2 (x2 , x3 ) + x1 k1 (x2 , x3 ) +
(5.224)
To characterize the component u22 , we return to equation (5.209). Multiplying it by

b1 and deriving in order to x2 we have
b1 b2 12 u22
b21 22 u22

0
0
= b1 2 2 2 Cm e33 (u ) Ce E3 ( )
which, from (5.218)-(5.220), leads to

b21 22 u22 = b1 b2 12 u22 b1 2 2 2 Cm e33 (u0 ) Ce E3 (0 )

= b2 1 b1 1 u21 + b1 Cm 2 e33 (u0 )

= b2 1 b2 2 u21 1 1 Cm e33 (u0 ) Ce E3 (0 ) + b1 Cm 2 e33 (u0 )

= b22 22 u22 + Cm b2 1 e33 (u0 ) + b1 2 e33 (u0 ) .
Using again the relations (5.191), (5.193) and (5.194) we conclude that

22 u22 = Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2 .
Solving this differential equation, we prove that there exist functions s1 and s2 such that
u21 = k2 (x2 , x3 ) + x1 k1 (x2 , x3 ) +

x21
Cm b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 ,
2

x22
Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2 .
2
Putting in (5.218) and (5.219) the components (5.225) and (5.226) we get
u22 = s2 (x1 , x3 ) + x2 s1 (x1 , x3 ) +
1 s1 (x1 , x3 ) = Cm

b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 ,

2 k1 (x2 , x3 ) = Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2 ,
(5.225)
(5.226)
(5.227)
(5.228)

162
ends
and therefore, there exist s3 (x3 ) and k3 (x3 ) such that
s1 (x1 , x3 ) = s3 (x3 ) + x1 Cm

b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 ,

k1 (x2 , x3 ) = k3 (x3 ) + x2 Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2 .
(5.229)
(5.230)
Consequently, the expressions (5.225) and (5.226) become

u21 = k2 (x2 , x3 ) + x1 k3 (x3 ) + x1 x2 Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2
+

x21
Cm b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 ,
2

x22
Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2
2

+ x2 x1 Cm b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 .
(5.231)
u22 = s2 (x1 , x3 ) + x2 s3 (x3 ) +
(5.232)
Substituting these expressions in (5.220) and (5.221), we obtain

22 k2 (x2 , x3 ) = Cm

b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 ,

11 s2 (x1 , x3 ) = Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2 ,
(5.233)
(5.234)
and therefore, we prove the existence of the functions k4 (x3 ), k5 (x3 ), s4 (x3 ), s5 (x3 ) such
that

x22
Cm b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 ,
2

x2
s2 (x1 , x3 ) = s5 (x3 ) + x1 s4 (x3 ) 1 Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2 .
2
k2 (x2 , x3 ) = k5 (x3 ) + x2 k4 (x3 )
Hence

u21 = k5 (x3 ) + x2 k4 (x3 ) + x1 k3 (x3 ) + x1 x2 Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2

2

x1 x22
+
Cm b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 ,

2
2

u22 = s5 (x3 ) + x1 s4 (x3 ) + x2 s3 (x3 ) + x2 x1 Cm b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2
2

x2 x21
+
Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2 .

2
2
(5.235)
(5.236)
(5.237)
(5.238)
163
Applying in (5.216) and (5.217) the components u2 we obtain

k3 (x3 ) = s3 (x3 ) + b1 (2 2 1 1 ) b2 (1 2 + 2 1 ) ,
(5.239)
s4 (x3 ) = k4 (x3 ) b2 (2 2 1 1 ) b1 (1 2 + 2 1 ) ,
(5.240)
so that we have
u21 = k5 (x3 ) + x2 k4 (x3 ) + x1 s3 (x3 ) + x1 b1 (2 2 1 1 )

x1 b2 (1 2 + 2 1 ) + x1 x2 Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2

2

x1 x22
+
Cm b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 ,

2
2
(5.241)
(5.242)
u22 = s5 (x3 ) x1 k4 (x3 ) + x2 s3 (x3 ) x1 b2 (2 2 1 1 ) x1 b1 (1 2 + 2 1 )

2

x2 x21
Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2

+
2
2

+ x2 x1 Cm b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 .
(5.243)
Substituting these expressions into (5.210) we conclude

s3 (x3 ) =
b2
1
1
k4 (x3 ) + (Cm 3 Ce z3 ) + Cm (2 2 + 1 1 )
b1
b1
b1

1
(2 2 + 1 1 ) b21 b22 (2 2 1 1 ) + 2b1 b2 (1 2 + 2 1 ) .

2b1
Defining the function r 0 by
1
1
Cm (2 2 + 1 1 )
(2 2 + 1 1 )
b1
2b1

b21 b22 (2 2 1 1 ) + 2b1 b2 (1 2 + 2 1 ) ,
r 0 (x3 ) =
we may express u21 and u22 as follows
1
1
(x2 b1 + x1 b2 ) k4 (x3 ) + x1 (Cm 3 Ce z3 ) + x1 r 0 (x3 )
b1
b1

+ x1 b1 (2 2 1 1 ) + x1 x2 Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2
2

x1 x22

x1 b2 (1 2 + 2 1 ) +
Cm b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2 ,

2
2
u21 = k5 (x3 ) +
(5.244)

164
ends
1
1
(x1 b1 x2 b2 ) k4 (x3 ) + x2 (Cm 3 Ce z3 ) + x2 r 0 (x3 )
b1
b1

x1 b2 (2 2 1 1 ) + x2 x1 Cm b21 + b22 1 2b1 b2 2

2

x2 x21

Cm 2b2 b1 1 + b22 b21 2 .

x1 b1 (1 2 + 2 1 ) +
2
2
u22 = s5 (x3 )
(5.245)
We evaluate now the equation (5.156) for test functions in spaces (v, ) VBN
3 .
2
Then, there exists u2 satisfying (5.185), and consequently
= 0. Clearly, (5.179) and
(5.181) become
0
e33 (u0 ) = C3333 33
+ P333 D30 ,
0
E3 (0 ) = P333 33
+ 33 D30 ,
(5.246)
respectively. The positivity hypothesis (Hc22 ) guarantees that

C
3333 P333

P333 33
and therefore, we have

> 0,

(5.247)

0
33
= Ad33 33 e33 (u0 ) P333 E3 (0 ) ,
(5.248)

D30 = Ad33 P333 e33 (u0 ) + C3333 E3 (0 ) ,
(5.249)
where
1
,
Ad33 =
C3333 33 + P333 P333
(5.250)
e33 (u0 ) = 3 b (x3 ) + ,
E3 (0 ) = z3 .
(5.251)
Furthermore, the variational problem (5.155)-(5.156) becomes,

Z
Z

0
C3333 33
+ P333 D30 33 dx +
33 e33 (u0 )dx
0
33
e33 (v)dx +
pi vi d,

0
P333 33
+ 33 D30 d3 dx
d3 E3 (0 )dx
D30 E3 ()dx =
= 0,
fi vi dx +
(5.252)
2
for all (33 , d3 ) L ()

gi vi d
for all (v, )
(5.253)
VBN
3 ,
5.5.3
165
Strong convergence
As in Section 3.4.1, and using similar techniques, we prove the following result.
Theorem 20 For 0 < h < 1, let (((h), D(h)), (u(h), (h))) X1 X2 be the solution of
(5.41)-(5.43), and Ad33 (
33 C33 + P333 P3 ) and Ad33 (P333 C33 + 33 P3 ) be independent
on x . Then:
u(h) u0 ,
strongly in [H 1 ()]3 ,
(5.254)
(h) 0 ,
strongly in H 1 (),
(5.255)
strongly in L2 (),
(5.256)
strongly in L2 ().
(5.257)
0
33 (h) 33
,
hD (h) 0,
h2 (h) 0,
h3 (h) 0,
D3 (h) D30 ,
X 1 one has
Proof. For any (
, d)

(
+ aH,2 (
(
+ aH,4 (
(
Ck(
2 . (5.258)
aH,0 (
, d),
, d)
, d),
, d)
, d),
, d)
, d)k
X1
in equation (5.41) by (S(h),
Replacing (
, d)
T (h)), where
S3 = hS3 ,
S = h2 S ,
T3 = T3 ,
T = hT ,
with
0
T (h) = D(h) D
0
3 = D0,
= 0,
= 0, D
3
0,
S(h) = (h)
0
0
33
= 33
,
= 0,
D
(5.259)
equality (5.258) reads

n

0 2
Ck(S(h), T (h))k2X1 = C 33 (h) 33
+ h2 |3 (h)|20,
0,
4
+h
aH,0
| (h)|20,
+h
|D (h)|20,

o
0 2

+ D3 (h) D3 0,
0 ), ((h)
0)
, D(h) D
0 , T (h) D
((h)
0
(5.260)

0
0
0
0
, D(h) D ), ((h)
, D(h) D )
h aH,2 ((h)
2

0
0
0
0
, D(h) D ), ((h)
, D(h) D ) = (h).
h aH,4 ((h)
4
(5.261)

166
ends
4 ) =
4 , D
From problems (5.41), (5.42) and (5.155), and taking into account that (
2 ) = (0, 0), (h) may be written as
2 , D
(

0 ), (u(h), (h))
0 , D(h) D
(h) = bH ((h)

0 ), ((h)
0)
0, D
0 , D(h) D
aH,0 (

0 ), ((h)
0)
0, D
0 , D(h) D
h2 aH,2 (

0 ), ((h)
0)
0, D
0 , D(h) D
h4 aH,4 (
or equivalently, it reads

0 ), (u(h), (h))
0 , D(h) D
(h) = bH ((h)
0 ), (u0 , 0 ))
0 , D(h) D
+ bH (((h)
Z

2
0
h
C33 33
+ P3 D30 (h)o(h)dx,
(5.262)
Taking (v, ) = (u(h), (h) )

in equation (5.42), we have the following expression for
the term

0 ), (u(h), (h)
0 , D(h) D
1 (h) = bH ((h)
+ )
= bH (((h), D(h)), (u(h), (h)
+ ))
+ bH
=
fi ui (h)o(h)dx +
gi ui (h)o(h)
o(h)d +
N
0 ), (u(h), (h)
,D
(
+ )
pi ui (h)o(h)
o(h)d
L
Z
Z
0
D3 (h)E3 ((h))o(h)dx
33 e33 (u(h))o(h)dx D30 E3 ( + )(h)o(h)dx.
Due to the weak convergence result, and to the assumed estimates for fi , gi , pi and o# ,
one has, as h 0,
1
fi ui dx +
gi ui d +
0
33
e33 (u0 )dx
D3 E3 ()dx
pi ui d +
L
D3 E3 ()dx
D30 E3 (0 + )dx
D30 E3 ()dx.
(5.263)
167
On the other hand, the two last terms of (5.262) can be written in the following expansive
way
Z

0
0
0
2
0
, D(h) D ), (u , ))h
2 (h) = bH (((h)
C33 33
+ P3 D30 (h)o(h)dx
Z
Z
0
= (33 (h) 33
) e33 (u0 )o(h)dx (D3 (h) D30 ) E3 (0 )o(h)dx
Z

0
h2
C33 33
+ P3 D30 (h)o(h)dx.
0
which become, as h goes to zero,

2 =
(33
0
33
) e33 (u0 )dx
(D3 D30 ) E3 (0 )dx

0
C33 33
+ P3 D30 dx.
Choosing now v = u VBN

and = 3 as test functions in (5.146) and
(5.253) we conclude that
2 =
=
33 e33 (u0 )dx

Z
D3 E3 (0 )dx
Z
0
33
e33 (u0 )dx
D30 E3 (0 )dx
fi u0i dx
gi u0i d
pi u0i d
D3 E3 ()dx
N
L
Z
Z
Z
Z
0
0
0
+ fi ui dx +
gi ui d +
pi ui d + D30 E3 ()dx
(D30 D3 ) E3 ()dx,
and consequently, by combining the two limits, we have

= 1 + 2 =
D3 E3 ()dx
D30 E3 ()dx
(D30 D3 ) E3 ()dx
= 0.
From (5.41) one has

bH ((( , d), (u(h) u0 , (h) 0 )) = aH,0 (((h), D(h)) , ( , d))
+h2 aH,2 (((h), D(h)) , ( , d)) + h4 aH,4 (((h), D(h)) , ( , d))
Z
Z
0
33 e33 (u )o(h) dx
d3 E3 (0 )o(h) dx.
(5.264)

168
ends
From inequalities (5.60), (5.89)-(5.90) and (5.117) we obtain

bH (( , d), u(h) u0 , (h)
1/2
2
0 2
|D3 (h) D30 |0, + |33 (h) 33

|0,
2
(C1 + h C0 ())
k( , d)kX1
+h2 |D (h)|2 + h2 | (h)|2 + h4 | (h)|2
0,
0,
0,
+ (C2 + h2 C0 ()) k( , d)kX1 ,
which together with the Babuska-Brezzi (inf-sup) condition allows us to prove the existence the existence of D1 () such that
n
2
|bH (( , d), (u(h) u0 , (h) 0 ))|
D1 () D3 (h) D30 0,
k( , d)kX1
(,d)X1
o

2
2
2
0 2
2
2
4
+ 33 (h) 33
+
h
|D
(h)|
+
h
|
(h)|
+
h
|
(h)|
0,
0,
0, + D1 (),
0,
sup
if 0 < h h1 . Now, putting ( , d) = (e33 (u(h) u0 ), E3 ((h) 0 )) in the previous in-
equality and applying Korns and Poincares inequalities, and evoking inequalities (5.127)
and (5.128), we obtain

u(h) u0 , (h) 0
X2,w
n
2

0 2
D1 () D3 (h) D30 0, + 33 (h) 33
0,
o
2
2
2
2
2
4
+h |D (h)|0, + h |3 (h)|0, + h | (h)|0, + D1 (),
when h 0. In this way, we finished to prove that (u(h))h>0 and ((h))h>0 converge
strongly.
5.6
The limit scaled one-dimensional problem: existence and uniqueness of the solution
Substituting equations (5.248) and (5.249) in the variational equation (5.253) we have
Z

Ad33 33 e33 (u0 ) P333 E3 (0 ) e33 (v)dx
Z

+ Ad33 P333 e33 (u0 ) + C3333 E3 (0 ) E3 ()dx
Z
Z
Z
=
fi vi dx +
gi vi d +
pi vi d,
(v, ) VBN
3 ,
as the equation to be satisfied by (u0 , 0 ) VBN

( + 3 )
(5.265)
5.6. The limit scaled one-dimensional problem
169
Lemma 15 The problem (5.265) has one and only one solution.
Proof. In order to prove the ellipticity of the bilinear form of the problem (5.265) we
take into account Korns inequality: there exists a constant c > 0 such that (cf. (5.104))
|e (v)| = |e33 (v)| c()kvk1, ,
for all v VBN

.
(5.266)
The properties of the coefficients 33 and C3333 and the inequality (5.114) together guarantee that
Z
Z
d
2
A33 33 (e33 (v)) dx + Ad33 C3333 (E3 ())2 dx c1 |e33 (v)|2 + c2 |E3 ()|2

c() kvk21, + kk21, ,
for all (v, ) VBN

3 .
Using Stampacchias Theorem and Lax-Milgramm Lemma, the existence and uniqueness of solution of problem (5.265) is guaranteed.
Putting now 3 = 0, = 0 and = 0, = 0 successively in (5.265) and taking into
account the relations (5.195)-(5.200) we get the following result.
Corollary 25 The element (1 , 2 , 3 , z3 ) [V02 (0, L)] V01 (0, L) ( + H01 (0, L)) is the
unique solution of the following coupled variational problem:
Find V02 (0, L), such that
Z L
Z L

A33 33 I dx3 +
Ad33 33 3 + + P333 z3 A dx3
0Z
0
Z L
L
=
F dx3
M dx3 + FL (L) ML (L),
0
0
for all V 2 (0, L),
Find (3 , z3 ) V01 (0, L) ( + H01 (0, L)) such that
Z L

Ad33 33 3 + + P333 z3 A3 dx3
0Z

Ad33 P333 3 + C3333 z3 Aq3 dx3
Z0 L
=
F3 3 dx3 + F3L 3 (L),
for all ( , q ) V 1 (0, L) H 1 (0, L),

3 3
0
0
(5.267)
(5.268)

170
ends
where the transversal resultants are defined by
Fi =
fi d +
gi d, M =
Z
Z
FiL =
pi d, ML = b p3 d,
Z
I =
b b d.
b f3 d
b g3 d,
5.7
The one-dimensional equations of a transversely

anisotropic shallow arch; formulation as a boundary value problem
In this section our goal is to give an approach to the piezoelectric shallow arch occupying
the volume {h } . In view of the scalings
h (x3 ) := h1 (x3 ),
3h (x3 ) := 3 (x3 ),
z3h (x3 ) := z3 (x3 ),
in ,
h (0)(
u
xh ) := (h1 u0 (x), u03(x)),
h (0)(
xh ) := 0 (x),
h
h
h
0
0
0
(
(0)(
xh ),
3
(0)(
xh ),
33
(0)(xh )) := (h2
(x), h3
(x), 33
(x)),
h (0)(
3h (0)(xh )) := (hD0 (x), D30 (x)),
(D
xh ), D

h and h :
h {
h }1 are
h = (
for all x
xh1 , xh3 , xh3 ), where the mappings h :
those defined in Sections 5.2.1 and 5.3, we obtain the following corollary.
Corollary 26 (a) The de-scaled functions are given by
uh (0)(
xh ) = h ,
h V02 (0, L),
h,
uh3 (0)(
xh ) = 3h b,h
,
h (0)(
xh ) = z3h ,
(5.269)
3h V01 (0, L),
z3h H 1 (0, L),
z3h (0) = 0,h

0
(5.270)
z3h (L) = L,h
0
(5.271)
5.7. The 1D equations of a transversely anisotropic shallow arch

h
h
(0) =
3
(0) = 0,
n
o

h
h
h
b,h h
h h
h z h, ,
33
(0) = Ad,h
(
)
(
)
+
(
)
(
)
+
P
33
33
3
333 3
n
o

h (0) = Ad,h P h ( h ) b,h ( h ) + (h ) ( h ) C h z h, ,
D
3
33
333
3
3333 3
171
(5.272)
(5.273)
(5.274)

h = xh .
for every point x
(b) The mechanical and electrical field (ih , z3h,0 ) is the solution of the following onedimensional boundary problems (cf. (5.267)):

h,0
h,0
h
h
=
F
+
M
,
h (0) = (h ) (0) = 0,
where
in (0, L),
h,L
mh,0
(L) = M ,
h, h
h
h
h
C33
I (h ) (L) + nh,0
3 (L)( ) (L) = F M (L)

h,0
h,0
n
+
d
= F3h ,
in (0, L),
3
3
3h (0) = 0, z3h (0) = 0,h

z3h (L) = L,h
0 ,
0 ,
h,0
h,0
n3 (L) = F3h,L ,
dh,0
3 (0) = d3 (L) = 0
nh,0
3
mh,0
=
dh,0
3 =
n
o
h

h,
h
33
(0) d h = Ah C33
(3 ) + (h ) (h ) + P3h, z3h, ,
h, h
h
b,h
33
(0) d h = C33
I (h ) ,

n
o

h (0) d h = Ah P h, ( h ) + (h ) ( h ) h,z h, ,
D
3
3
3
3
3
h
h,
h33
C33
= h h 33 h h = Ad,h
33
C3333 33 + P333 P333
h
C3333
h
h,
=
= Ad,h
3
33 C3333 ,
h
h
h h
C + P P
3333 33
333
333
P h
h
P3h, = h h 333 h h = Ad,h
33 P333 ,
C3333 33 + P333 P333

172
ends
and
h
I
Fih (xh3 )
b,h
h
b,h
d ,
FiL,h (xh3 ) =
fih d h
h
N
phi d h ,
gih d h ,
Mh (xh3 )
ML,h (xh3 ) =
h
h
b,h
1 = x1 b1 (x3 ) x2 b2 (x3 ),
h f3h
d +
h
N
h g3h d h ,
h ph3 d h ,
h
h
b,h
2 = x1 b2 (x3 ) + x2 b1 (x3 ).
A major conclusion is thus that we have been able to rigorously justify one-dimensional
equations for piezoelectric shallow arches by showing that (up to appropriate scalings)
their solution can be identified (in the sense of Corollary 26(a)) with the [H 1 ()]3 H 1 ()limit of the three-dimensional solution as the diameter of the cross section of the beam
approaches zero.
We observe, in first place, that if we ignore the electric field considering a linearly
elastic beam, whose material satisfies the conditions
h,
h,
= 0,
33 = P3
1
h,
C33
= h ,
C3333
the one-dimensional model found here does indeed coincide with the linearly elastic sha
llow arch model derived by Alvarez-Dios
& Via
no [1998]. On the other hand, we note
that our asymptotic shallow arch model also coincides with asymptotic straight rod model
derived in Chapter 3, taking the subclass 6mm of the anisotropic piezoelectric material.
Chapter
Conclusions and future research

The primary goal of this research work was to develop mathematical lower-dimensional
models for anisotropic piezoelectric beams. This chapter summarizes the conclusions of
the work and suggests possible areas of future research.
6.0.1
Conclusions
The present research proposes three asymptotic models for anisotropic piezoelectric beams
submitted to an electric potential. In the three cases, the procedure starts with a change
of variable that is used to establish the original 3-D piezoelectricity problem in a fixed
reference domain, which does not depend on the diameter of the beam cross section
Then, the asymptotic method introduced by Lions (Lions [1973]) is used to perform a
mathematically rigorous dimensional reduction.
The main contributions of the present work towards the development of reduced
anisotropic beam models are the following:
An interesting approach to the three-dimensional piezoelectricity problem for an
anisotropic beam of class 2 with one end fixed and subjected to an electric potential
applied on the right and left ends of the beam has been presented in the thesis. In
this approach the piezoelectric beam is modeled as a one-dimensional domain. It is
required that the displacements satisfy a weak clamping boundary condition to avoid
the boundary layer phenomenon. The expression of the displacement second order
term has been used to identify the limit model and to prove the strong convergence
result, see Section 3.4.0.1 and Section 3.4.1.
An asymptotically piezoelectric beam model for anisotropic materials of class 2 in

response to an applied electric potential acting on the lateral surface has been constructed, see Chapter 4. The weak boundary condition has eliminated the difficulties
173
174
Chapter 6. Conclusions and future research

commonly associated with the characterization of the higher-order terms of the displacements (see Theorem 9). Furthermore, two additional functions (the warping
function is one of them) turned out to be necessary to write the expression of the
first-order term of the axial displacement, according to Theorem 11.
We have reduced the three-dimensional piezoelectricity problem to the zeroth-order

model (Corollary 25) for a transversely isotropic piezoelectric shallow arch subjected
to an electric potential applied at both ends of the beam by considering a displacement - stress - electric potential - electric displacement asymptotic expansion (see
Section 5.7).
6.0.2
Some perfectives for future research
The present work can be considered as a starting point for the derivation of models for
anisotropic piezoelectric beams using the Asymptotic Method as a tool. Moreover, there
are still vast uncharted areas where the asymptotic method would be adequate to justify
lower-dimensional models in a rigorous way. To complete and extend the present research,
a number of future tasks could be performed:
To complete our analysis, the most urgent work is to prove that, for the anisotropic
piezoelectric beam of class 2, the displacement vector field and the electric potential
weakly (and strongly) converge towards the leading terms of the electric potential
expansions.
Study the contribution of higher-order terms (correctors) of the asymptotic displacement - electric potential expansions in order to allow the construction of higher
order models.
To focus on the development of numerical experiments to validate the efficiency

of the asymptotic models obtained and to compare the corresponding results with
other existing approximations.
There are various engineering applications that use piezoelectric layers for the vibration control in beams. The models used to describe the behavior of the materials
are generally obtained by ad hoc assumptions. To justify these assumptions it is
recommended to develop and justify in a rigorous way lower-dimensional models of
sandwich piezoelectric beams.
References
Alvarez-Dios,
J.A. (1992). Teoria asint
otica de vigas el
asticas lineales anis
otropas e
no homogeneas. Ph.D. thesis, Dpto. Matematica Aplicada, Universidad de Santiago
Compostela.
o, J.M. (1993). On a bending and torsion asymptotic

Alvarez-Dios,
J.A. & Vian
theory for linear nonhomogeneous anisotropic elastic rods. J. Asymptotic Analysis, 7,
129158.
o, J.M. (1996). Asymptotic derivation of a general bending

Alvarez-Dios,
J.A. & Vian
model for a weakly curved rods. Z. Angew. Math. Mech., 76, 463464.
o, J.M. (1998). Mathematical justification of a oneAlvarez-Dios,

J.A. & Vian
dimensional model for general elastic shallow arches. Math. Methods Appl. Sci., 4,
281325.
o, J.M. (2003). An asymptotic general model for linear

Alvarez-Dios,
J.A. & Vian
elastic homogeneous anisotropic rods. Int. J. Numeric. Methods Engng., 36, 30673095.
dez, A. & Vian
o, J.M. (1984). Une justification des equations de la
Bermu
thermoelasticite des poutres à section variable par des methodes asymptotiques. RAIRO
Analyse Numerique, 18, 347376.
Bernadou, M. & Haenel, C. (2003). Modelization and numerical approximation of
piezoelectric thin shells -Part I: The continuous problems. Comp. Meth. Mech. Engrg.,
192, 40034043.
Bisegna, P. & Maceri, F. (1996a). A consistent theory of thin piezoelectric plates. J.
Intell. Mater. Syst. Struct., 7, 372389.
Bisegna, P. & Maceri, F. (1996b). An exact three-dimensional solution for simply
supported rectangular piezoelectric plates. J. Appl. Mech., 63, 628638.
175
176
References
Boor, A. & Tabaka, J. (2008). Good vibrations. Applying piezoelectric material to the
world of sports, http://www.engr.wisc.edu/wiscengr/april05/goodvibrations.
shtml.
Brezis, H. (1983). Analyse fonctionnelle. Theorie et applications. RAM, Wiley, Chichester, Masson.
Collard, C. & Miara, B. (2003). Two-dimensional models for geometrically nonlinear
thin shells. Asymptotic Analyis, 31, 113151.
Crawley, E. & Luis, J. (1987). Use of piezoelectric actuators as elements of intelligent
structures. AIAA Journal , 25, 13731385.
Destuynder, P., Legrain, I., Castel, L. & Richard, N. (1992). Theorical, numerical and experimental discussion on the use of piezoelectric devices for control-structure
interaction. European J. Mech. A. Solids, 11, 181213.
Duvaut, G. & Lions, J.L. (1976). Inequalities in mechanics and physics. SpringerVerlag, Berlin.
Figueiredo, I. & Leal, C. (2005). A piezoelectric anisotropic plate model. Asymptot.
Anal., 44, 327346.
Figueiredo, I. & Leal, C. (2006). A generalized piezoeletric Bernoulli-Navier
anisotropic rod model. Journal Elasticity, 31, 85106.
Gantner, A. (2005). Mathematical Modelling and Numerical Simulation of Piezoelectrical Agitated Surface Acoustic Waves. Ph.D. thesis, Naturwissenschaftlichen Fakultt
der Universitt Augsburg.
Girault, V. & Raviart, P.A. (1986). Finit Element Methods for Navier Stokes.
Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Haenel, C. (2000). Analyse et simulation numerique de coques piezoeletriques. Ph.D.
thesis, University of Paris 6.
Hwu, C., Chang, W.C. & Gai, H. (2004). Vibration suppression of composite sandwich beams. J. Sound Vib., 272, 120.
Ikeda, T. (1990). Fundamentals of Piezoelectricity. Oxford University Press.
Irago, H. (1999). Deduction of Saint-Venants principle for the asymptotic residue of
elastic rods. Journal of Elasticity.
References
177
o, J. (2002). Saint-Venants principle in the asymptotic analysis of

Irago, H. & Vian
elastic rods with one end fixed. Journal of Elasticity.
Jackson, J. (1975). Classical Electrodynamics. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
Lekhnitskii, S. (1981). Theory of Elasticity of Anisotropic Body. MIR, Moscov.
Licht, C. & Weller, T. (2003). Mathematical modeling of thin multiphysical structures. IEEE , 50, 10171029.
Lions, J. (1973). Perturbations singulieres dans les problemes aux limites et en controle
optimale. Lect. Notes in Math. 323, Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
Maugin, G. (1988). Continuum mechanics of Electromagentic Solids North-Holland .
North-Holland, Amsterdam.
Maugin, G.A. & Attou, D. (1990). An asymptotic theory of thin piezoelectric plate.
Q. J. Mech. Appl. Math., 43, 347362.
Mechkour, H. (2004). Homogeneisation et Simulation Numerique de Structures
Piezoelectriques Perforees et Laminees. Ph.D. thesis, ESIEE - Paris.
Miara, B. (2001). Controlabilite dun corps piezoelectrique. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 333,
267270.
Nye, J. (1985). Physical Properties of Crystals, their representation by tensor and matrices. Oxford Science Publications.
Rahmoune, M., Benjeddou, A., Ohayon, R. & Osmont, D. (1998). New thin
piezoelectric plate models. J. of intelligent material systems and structures, 9, 1017
1029.
Raoult, A. & Sene, A. (2003). Modelling of piezoelectric plates including magnetic
effects. Asymptotic Analysis, 34, 140.
Robbins, D. & Reddy, J. (1991). Analysis of piezoelectrically actuated beams using
layerwise displacement theory. Computers and Structures, 41, 265279.
Rovenski, V., Harash, H. & H.Abramovich (2007). S. venants problem for homogeneous piezoelectric beams. J. Appl. Mech..
Royer, D. & Dieulesaint, E. (2000). Elastic Waves in solids I . Spring-Verlag Berlin
Heidelberg, New York, USA.
178
References
Sabu, N. (2002). Vibrations of thin piezoelectric flexural shells: Two-dimensional approximation. Journal of Elasticity, 68, 145165.
Sabu, N. (2003). Vibrations of thin piezoelectric shallow shells: Two-dimensional approximation. Journal of Elasticity, 113, 333352.
Saravanos, D. & Heyliger, P. (1999). Mechanics and computational models for
laminated piezoelectric beams, plates and shells. Appl. Mech. Rev., 52, 305320.
Sene, A. (2001). Modelling of piezoelectric thin plates. Asymptotic Analyis, 25, 120.
Taylor, G., Gagnepain, J., Meeker, T., Nakamura, T. & Shuvalov, L. (1985).
Piezoelectricity, , Vol. 4 . Gordon and Breach, New York.
Tiersten, H. (1969). Linear Piezoelectric Plate Vibrations. Penum Press, New York.
o, J. (1996). Mathematical Modelling of Rods. In Handbool of
Trabucho, L. & Vian
Numerical Analysis IV (P. Ciarlet, J. Lions eds.). North-Holland, Amsterdam.
o, J.M., Ribeiro, C. & Figueiredo, J. (2005a). Asymptotic modelling of a
Vian
piezoelectric beam. In Congreso de Metodos Numericos en Ingeniera, Granada, Spain,
A310, pp. 1-17.
o, J.M., Ribeiro, C. & Figueiredo, J. (2005b). Asymptotic modelling of a
Vian
piezoelectric beam. In II ECCOMAS Thematic Conference on Smart Structures and
Materials, Lisbon, EO26MOD, pp. 1-12.
Vidoli, S. & Batra, C. (2000). Derivation of plate and rod equations for a piezoelectric
body from a mixed three-dimensional variational principle. Journal of Elasticity.
Vidoli, S., Batra, C. & DellIsolaf, F. (2000). Saint - Venants problem for a
second-order piezoelectric prismatic bar. International Journal of engineering science.
Viriyasrisuwattana, P., Licht, C. & Weller, T. (2007). Mathematical modelling
of piezoelectric thin plates and slender beams through functional analysis. Thai Journal ,
31, 2537.
Weller, T. & Licht, C. (2002). Analyse asymptotique de plaques minces lineairement
piezoelectriques. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 335, 309314.
Weller, T. & Licht, C. (2007). Modeling of linearly electromagneto-elastic thin plates.
C. R. Mecanique, 335, 201206.
Weller, T. & Licht, C. (2008). Asymptotic modeling of linearly piezoelectric slender
rods. C. R. Mecanique, 336, 572577.

Asymptotic Derivation of Models For Anisotropic Piezoelectric Beams and Shallow Arches

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Asymptotic Derivation of Models For Anisotropic Piezoelectric Beams and Shallow Arches

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Universidade do Minho

Ribeiro, Carolina Paula Baptista

Esta pgina foi gerada automaticamente em 2015-05-28T13:34:02Z com

Carolina Ribeiro Asymptotic derivation of models for anisotropic

Carolina Paula Baptista Ribeiro

Carolina Paula Baptista Ribeiro

Ao Professor Juan Via

Asymptotic derivation of models for anisotropic piezoelectric

An approach for anisotropic piezoelectric beam of class 2 in response to an applied

Determinacao assimptotica de modelos para vigas piezoelectricas

de vigas elasticas propostas por Alvarez-Dios

Conventions and notations

1.2 Main results of this thesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.1 Material laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Thermodynamic description of piezoelectricity . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Monoclinic crystal system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Transversely isotropic crystal - 6mm symmetric class . . . 23

2.2 Field quantities and equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Strains and electric fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Mechanical balance laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

2.3 Equations for a piezoelectric problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Coupled piezoelectric equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Variational formulation: existence and uniqueness of a solution

Existence and uniqueness of solution . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Existence and uniqueness of solution . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

3 One-dimensional piezoelectric model for a cantilever beam

3.1 The mechanical problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Reference configuration, loading and boundary conditions . . . . . . 38

Variational problem: primal and mixed formulation . . . . . . . . . 42

Existence and uniqueness of solution . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

3.2 Change of variable to the reference beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

The scaled mixed formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

3.3 Convergence of the scaled unknowns as h 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

3.4 The method of formal asymptotic expansions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Cancelation of the factors of hq , 4 q 0, in the scaled

Identification of a one-dimensional variational problem

3.5 The limit model on the original domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Asymptotic analysis of a beam with electric potential applied to lateral

4.1 Mathematical analysis of the piezoelectric problem

The mechanical and mathematical problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

4.2 Fundamental scalings and assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Cancelation of the factors of hq , 4 q 0. . . . . . . . . 91

4.4 Convergence of the scaled unknowns as h 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

A priory estimations and weak convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Identification of the limit problem and the weak convergence of the

For a beam belonging to the class 2 of piezoelectric crystals114

For the homogeneous transversely isotropic case - 6mm

4.5 The limit model on the actual beam h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Model for a beam belonging to the class 2 of piezoelectric crystals . 120

5 Shallow arch theory with an electric potential applied at both ends

Weak convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

scaled tensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

5.5.3 Strong convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

1.1 Notations for a piezoelectric beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.1 Configuration of the structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Conventions and notations

The conventions and notations follow mostly Trabucho & Via

5. Differential operators /xhi , /xi are denoted by ih , i .

the strain tensor in which the components are represented by (eij ) .

the stress tensor in which the components are represented by (ij ) .

the electric displacement in which the components are represented by (Di ) .

the internal energy density.

the electric enthalpy function.